SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INS & ANNUITY CO
N-4 EL/A, 1996-12-11
Previous: BANCO INC, SC 13D/A, 1996-12-11
Next: OGARA CO /OH/, 10-Q, 1996-12-11




<PAGE>

                                                            File Nos. 333-10283
                                                                      811-7777

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C.  20549

                                       FORM N-4

               REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1

           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                 Amendment No. 1
                  SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE
                            INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                                  440 Lincoln Street
                                 Worcester, MA 01653
                       (Address of Principal Executive Office)

                     Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary and Counsel
                Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
                                  440 Lincoln Street
                                 Worcester, MA 01653
                  (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

                It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

         ___Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.
         ___On ________ pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         ___60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.
         ___On _____ pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.

                              VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES

Pursuant to Reg. Section 270.24f-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
Registrant hereby declares that an indefinite amount of its securities is being
registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Rule 24f-2 Notice for the issuer's fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 
was not filed as the Separate Account had not begun operations.



<PAGE>

               Cross Reference Sheet Showing Location in Prospectus of
                             Items Called for by Form N-4

Form N-4 Item No             Caption in Prospectus
                             ---------------------

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover Page

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Special Terms"

3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Summary"; "Annual and Transaction Expenses"

4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Condensed Financial Information

5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Description of the Company, the Variable Account
                             and the Kemper Investor Fund."

6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Charges and Deductions"

7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "The Variable Annuity Policies"

8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "The Variable Annuity Policies"

9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Death Benefit"

10. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Purchase Payments:; "Computation of Policy Values
                             and Annuity Payments"
   
11. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Surrender"; "Withdrawal"
    
12. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Federal Tax Considerations"

13. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Legal Matters"

14. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
                             Information"

Form N-4 Item No.             Caption in Statement of Additional  Information
                              -----------------------------------------------

15. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Cover Page"

16. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Table of Contents"

17. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "General Information and History"

18. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Services"

19. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Underwriters"

20. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Underwriters"

21. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Performance Information"

22. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Annuity Payments"

23. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Financial Statements"


<PAGE>
   
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
         FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
    
 
   
    This prospectus describes interests under flexible payment deferred variable
and  fixed annuity  contracts, known  as Kemper  Gateway Custom  contract issued
either on a group basis or  as individual contracts by Allmerica Financial  Life
Insurance  and Annuity Company (the "Company")  to individuals and businesses in
connection with  retirement plans  which  may or  may  not qualify  for  special
federal  income tax treatment.  (For information about the  tax status when used
with a particular type of plan, see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.") Participation
in a group  contract will  be accounted  for by  the issuance  of a  certificate
describing  the individual's interest under the group contract. Participation in
an individual  contract will  be  evidenced by  the  issuance of  an  individual
contract.  Certificates and  individual contracts  are collectively  referred to
herein as the "Contracts." The following is a summary of information about these
Contracts. More detailed information can be found under the referenced  captions
in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    Contract  values  may  accumulate  on a  variable  basis  in  the Contract's
Separate Account known  as Separate  Account KGC (the  "Variable Account").  The
assets  of the  Variable Account are  divided into  Sub-Accounts, each investing
exclusively in shares  of one of  the following Portfolios  of Kemper  Investors
Fund ("KINF"):
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO                         INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO
TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO                         VALUE PORTFOLIO
HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO                           SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
GROWTH PORTFOLIO                               VALUE+GROWTH PORTFOLIO
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO                HORIZON 20+ PORTFOLIO
INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO                        HORIZON 10+ PORTFOLIO
SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO                     HORIZON 5 PORTFOLIO
</TABLE>
 
    In  most jurisdictions, values may also be allocated on a fixed basis to the
Fixed Account, which  is part of  the Company's General  Account and during  the
accumulation  period to  one or more  of the Guarantee  Period Accounts. Amounts
allocated to the Fixed Account earn interest  at a guaranteed rate for one  year
from  the date allocated. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
fixed rate of interest for the  duration of the applicable Guarantee Period,  if
held  for  the entire  Guarantee  Period. If  removed prior  to  the end  of the
Guarantee Period  the value  may be  increased or  decreased by  a Market  Value
Adjustment.   Amounts  allocated  to  the   Guarantee  Period  Accounts  in  the
accumulation phase are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA.
 
   
    Additional information is contained in a Statement of Additional Information
dated December      , 1996  ("SAI"),  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  and incorporated herein  by reference. The Table  of Contents of the
SAI is on  page 3  of this  Prospectus. The SAI  is available  upon request  and
without   charge  through  Allmerica  Investments,  Inc.,  440  Lincoln  Street,
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, 800-782-8380.
    
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID  ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY  A CURRENT PROSPECTUS  OF
KINF. INVESTORS SHOULD RETAIN A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    THE  CONTRACTS  ARE OBLIGATIONS  OF ALLMERICA  FINANCIAL LIFE  INSURANCE AND
ANNUITY COMPANY AND ARE DISTRIBUTED BY ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC. AND/OR KEMPER
DISTRIBUTORS, INC.  AND ZKI  AGENCY,  INC. THE  CONTRACTS  ARE NOT  DEPOSITS  OR
OBLIGATIONS  OF, OR  GUARANTEED OR  ENDORSED BY, ANY  BANK OR  CREDIT UNION. THE
CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT  INSURANCE
CORPORATION  (FDIC), OR ANY  OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY.  INVESTMENTS IN THE CONTRACTS
ARE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS  RISKS, INCLUDING THE FLUCTUATION  OF VALUE AND  POSSIBLE
LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
   
                            DATED DECEMBER 13, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
<S>   <C>                                                                <C>
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION...........    3
SPECIAL TERMS..........................................................    4
SUMMARY................................................................    5
ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES........................................   10
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION................................................   13
WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?....................................................   15
RIGHT TO REVOKE IRA....................................................   16
RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER IN SOME STATES............................   16
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT, AND KEMPER
  INVESTORS FUND.......................................................   16
ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS......................   19
VOTING RIGHTS..........................................................   19
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.................................................   20
  A.  Annual Charges Against Variable Account Assets...................   20
  B.  Contract Fee.....................................................   21
  C.  Optional Benefit Riders..........................................   21
  D.  Premium Taxes....................................................   22
  E.  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.................................   22
  F.  Transfer Charge..................................................   26
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT............................................   26
  A.  Payments.........................................................   27
  B.  Transfer Privilege...............................................   27
  C.  Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Rebalancing Options..........   28
  D.  Surrender........................................................   28
  E.  Withdrawals......................................................   29
  F.  Death Benefit....................................................   29
  G.  The Spouse of the Contract Owner as Beneficiary..................   31
  H.  Assignment.......................................................   31
  I.  Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date................   31
  J.  Description of Variable Annuity Options..........................   32
  K.  Norris Decision..................................................   33
  L.  Computation of Values and Annuity Benefit Payments...............   33
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS..............................................   35
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.............................................   37
  A.  Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts............................   38
  B.  Taxation of the Contracts in General.............................   38
  C.  Tax Withholding and Penalties....................................   39
  D.  Provisions Applicable to Qualified Employer Plans................   40
  E.  Qualified Employee Pension and Profit Sharing Trusts and
       Qualified Annuity Plans.........................................   40
  F.  Self-Employed Individuals........................................   40
  G.  Individual Retirement Account Plans..............................   41
  H.  Simplified Employee Pensions.....................................   42
  I.  Public School Systems and Certain Tax-Exempt Organizations.......   42
  J.  Texas Optional Retirement Program................................   42
  K.  Section 457 Plans for State Governments and Tax-Exempt
       Entities........................................................   42
  L.  Non-individual Owners............................................   43
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
<S>   <C>                                                                <C>
REPORTS................................................................   43
LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY).......................................   43
CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT...........................   43
DISTRIBUTION...........................................................   44
LEGAL MATTERS..........................................................   44
FURTHER INFORMATION....................................................   44
APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT.................   45
APPENDIX B -- SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT........   46
APPENDIX C -- THE DEATH BENEFIT........................................   48
 
                  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY........................................    2
TAXATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY.......................    3
SERVICES...............................................................    3
UNDERWRITERS...........................................................    3
ANNUITY PAYMENTS.......................................................    4
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION................................................    6
TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATION..............................................    8
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...................................................    9
</TABLE>
    
 
    THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES  IN ANY STATE TO  ANY PERSON TO WHOM  IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE OR SOLICIT AN OFFER IN THAT STATE.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                 SPECIAL TERMS
 
ACCUMULATED  VALUE:   the  sum of  the value  of all  Accumulation Units  in the
Sub-Accounts and of  the value  of all accumulations  in the  Fixed Account  and
Guarantee  Period Accounts then credited to the Contract, on any date before the
Annuity Date.
 
ACCUMULATION UNIT:  a measure of the Contract Owner's interest in a  Sub-Account
before annuity benefit payments begin.
 
ANNUITANT:    the person  designated  in the  Contract  upon whose  life annuity
benefit payments are to be made.
 
ANNUITY DATE:   the date on  which annuity benefit  payments begin as  specified
pursuant to the Contract.
 
ANNUITY  UNIT:  a measure of the  value of the periodic annuity benefit payments
under the Contract.
 
FIXED ACCOUNT:   the  part  of the  Company's  General Account  that  guarantees
principal  and a fixed minimum interest rate and  to which all or a portion of a
payment or transfer under this Contract may be allocated.
 
FIXED ANNUITY PAYOUT:   An  Annuity in the  payout phase  providing for  annuity
benefit  payments which remain fixed in an amount throughout the annuity benefit
payment period selected.
 
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE:   the annual  effective rate of  interest after  daily
compounding credited to a Guarantee Period Account.
 
GUARANTEE  PERIOD:   the  number of  years  that a  Guaranteed Interest  Rate is
credited.
 
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNT:  an account which corresponds to a Guaranteed Interest
Rate for  a  specified  Guarantee  Period  and  is  supported  by  assets  in  a
non-unitized separate account.
 
GENERAL  ACCOUNT:   all the  assets of the  Company other  than those  held in a
separate account.
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT:   a  positive or  negative adjustment  assessed if  any
portion  of a Guarantee Period Account is  withdrawn or transferred prior to the
end of its Guarantee Period.
 
SUB-ACCOUNT:  a subdivision of the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account  available
under  the  Contracts  invests  exclusively in  the  shares  of  a corresponding
portfolio of Kemper Investors Fund.
 
SURRENDER VALUE:  the Accumulated Value of the Contract on full surrender  after
application  of any Contract  fee, contingent deferred  sales charge, and Market
Value Adjustment.
 
   
UNDERLYING  PORTFOLIOS:    Money  Market,  Total  Return,  High  Yield,  Growth,
Government  Securities, International, Small Cap  Growth, Investment Grade Bond,
Value, Small Cap Value,  Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon  10+, and Horizon  5
Portfolios of the Kemper Investors Fund.
    
 
VALUATION  DATE:  a day on which the net asset value of the shares of any of the
Portfolios is determined  and unit  values of the  Sub-Accounts are  determined.
Valuation dates currently occur on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange
is open for trading as well as each day otherwise required.
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT:  Separate Account KGC, one of the Company's separate accounts,
consisting of assets segregated from other assets of the Company. The investment
performance  of the assets of the Variable Account is determined separately from
the other assets of the Company and are not chargeable with liabilities  arising
out of any other business which the Company may conduct.
 
VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYOUT:  An annuity in the payout phase providing for payments
varying in amount in accordance with the investment experience of certain of the
Portfolios.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
WHAT IS THE KEMPER GATEWAY CUSTOM VARIABLE ANNUITY?
 
    The  Kemper  Gateway Custom  Variable  Annuity contract  ("Contract")  is an
insurance contract designed to help you accumulate assets for your retirement or
other important financial goals on  a tax-deferred basis. The Contract  combines
the  concept of professional money management  with the attributes of an annuity
contract. Features available through the Contract include:
 
    - A customized investment portfolio with experienced professional  portfolio
      managers
 
     - 14 KINF Portfolios
 
     - 1 Fixed Account
 
     - 9 Guarantee Period Accounts
 
    - Optional   Enhanced  Death  Benefit  Rider,  Living  Benefits  Rider,  and
      Disability Rider
 
    - Tax deferral on earnings
 
    - Guarantees  that  can  protect   your  beneficiaries  family  during   the
      accumulation phase
 
    - Income that can be guaranteed for life
 
    The  Contract has  two phases, an  accumulation phase and  an annuity payout
phase. During the accumulation  phase, your initial  payment and any  additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and  to the  Fixed Account.  Your Contract's Accumulated  Value is  based on the
investment performance  of the  Portfolios and  accumulations in  the  Guarantee
Period  Accounts and the Fixed Account. No income taxes are paid on any earnings
under the Contract unless and until accumulated values are withdrawn.
 
    During the annuity payout phase, the  Annuitant can receive income based  on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
 
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE
 
    During  the  accumulation  phase,  you select  the  investment  options most
appropriate for your investment needs. The  Contracts permit net payments to  be
allocated  among the  Portfolios, the Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and the Fixed
Account. Each Portfolio is professionally managed by Zurich Kemper  Investments,
Inc.  and its  affiliate, Dreman  Value Advisors,  Inc. All  investment gains or
losses of the Portfolios will be  reflected in the Accumulated Value under  your
Contract.
 
    The  accumulation phase provides  certain protection and  guarantees for the
beneficiary if the  Annuitant should die  before the annuity  phase begins.  See
discussion below under "What happens upon death during the accumulation phase?"
 
THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE
 
    You  choose the annuity option and the date for the annuity benefit payments
to begin. Annuity benefit  payments may be on  a variable basis (dependent  upon
the  performance  of the  Portfolios)  on a  fixed  basis (with  payment amounts
guaranteed), or on  a combination  variable and  fixed basis.  Among the  income
options available during the annuity phase are:
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    - Lump sum
 
    - At regular intervals over a specified number of years; or
 
    - At  regular intervals for the rest  of the Annuitant's life, regardless of
      how long he or she lives.
 
WHO ARE THE KEY PERSONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
 
   
    The Contract is between you and us -- Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company (the "Company"). Each Contract has a Contract Owner (or an Owner
and a Joint Owner, in which case one of the two must also be the Annuitant),  an
Annuitant  and  a  beneficiary. As  Contract  Owner, you  make  payments, choose
investment allocations and select the  Annuitant and beneficiary. The  Annuitant
is  the individual who receives annuity benefit payments under the Contract. The
beneficiary is the  person who  receives any payment  on death  of the  Contract
Owner or Annuitant.
    
 
                          CAN I EXAMINE THE CONTRACT?
 
    Yes.  Your Contract  will be  delivered to you  after your  purchase. If you
return the Contract to the  Company during the first 10  days from the date  you
received  it, the Contract  will be canceled.  (There may be  a longer period in
certain states;  see the  "Right to  Examine"  provision on  the cover  of  your
Contract).  If your Contract was issued as an  IRA or provides for a full refund
of the initial payment under its "Right to Examine" provision, you will incur no
fees to cancel within the right-to-examine  period and will receive the  greater
of  (1) your entire payment,  or (2) the accumulated  value of the Contract plus
any amounts deducted under the Contract or by the Portfolios for taxes,  charges
or  fees. If  your Contract does  not provide for  a full refund  of the initial
payment, you  will receive  upon  cancellation the  sum  of (1)  the  difference
between  the payment, including  fees, and any amount  allocated to the Variable
Account and (2) the Accumulated Value  (on the date the cancellation request  is
received  by  the Company)  attributable to  amounts  allocated to  the Variable
Account Sub-Accounts. See "RIGHT TO REVOKE CONTRACT."
 
WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES?
 
    The Contract permits  net payments  to be allocated  among the  Sub-Accounts
investing  in  the  Portfolios, the  Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and  the Fixed
Account. The Fixed Account  is part of  the General Account  of the Company  and
provides  a guarantee by the Company of  principal and a fixed interest rate for
one year from the date amounts are allocated to the account. Payments  allocated
to  a  Guarantee  Period Account  are  held in  a  separate account  and  earn a
guaranteed interest rate if held for the full duration of the Guarantee  Period.
THE  FIXED ACCOUNT AND/OR THE GUARANTEE PERIOD  ACCOUNTS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN
ALL STATES.
 
    VARIABLE ACCOUNT -- You  have a choice of  Sub-Accounts investing in the  14
Portfolios of the Kemper Investors Fund ("KINF"):
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
MONEY MARKET                                           INVESTMENT GRADE BOND
TOTAL RETURN                                           VALUE
HIGH YIELD                                             SMALL CAP VALUE
GROWTH                                                 VALUE+GROWTH
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES                                  HORIZON 20+
INTERNATIONAL                                          HORIZON 10+
SMALL CAP GROWTH                                       HORIZON 5
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    This  range of investment  choices enables you to  allocate your money among
the Portfolios to meet  your particular investment needs.  If your Contract  was
issued  as an IRA or provides for a full refund of the initial payment under its
"Right to Examine" provision (see "RIGHT TO REVOKE CONTRACT"), for the first  15
days  from the date of  issue, all Portfolio investments  and allocations to the
Guarantee Period  Accounts will  be  allocated to  the Money  Market  Portfolio.
Thereafter,  all amounts will be allocated according to your investment choices.
For a more detailed description of the Portfolios, see the prospectus of KINF.
 
    GUARANTEE PERIOD  ACCOUNTS --  Assets supporting  the guarantees  under  the
Guarantee  Period Accounts  are held  in the  Company's Separate  Account GPA, a
non-unitized insulated separate account. However, values and benefits calculated
on the basis  of Guarantee  Period Account  allocations are  obligations of  the
Company's  General Account. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn
a Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company. The level of the  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate depends on the number of  years of the Guarantee Period selected.
The Company currently makes available nine Guarantee Periods ranging from two to
ten years in  duration. Once  declared, the  Guaranteed Interest  Rate will  not
change  during the duration of  the Guarantee Period. If  amounts allocated to a
Guarantee Period Account are transferred, surrendered or applied to any  annuity
option  at any time other than the day  following the last day of the applicable
Guarantee Period, a  Market Value  Adjustment will  apply that  may increase  or
decrease  the account's value.  For more information  about the Guarantee Period
Accounts and the Market Value Adjustment, see "Guarantee Period Accounts."
 
    FIXED ACCOUNT.   The Fixed  Account is part  of the  General Account,  which
consists  of all the Company's assets other than those allocated to the Variable
Account and any  other separate account.  Allocations to the  Fixed Account  are
guaranteed  as to  principal and a  minimum rate of  interest. Additional excess
interest may be declared periodically at the Company's discretion.  Furthermore,
the  initial rate  in effect  on the date  an amount  is allocated  to the Fixed
Account will be  guaranteed for one  year from that  date. For more  information
about  the  Fixed Account  see  Appendix A,  "MORE  INFORMATION ABOUT  THE FIXED
ACCOUNT."
 
WHO ARE THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?
 
   
    Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc. ("ZKI"),  is the investment manager of  each
Portfolio  of the KINF other than the Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios which
are managed by Dreman Value Advisors, Inc. ("DVA"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
ZKI. ZKI and DVA provide each portfolio with continuous professional  investment
supervision.  DVA is  also the  sub-adviser for  the Value+Growth,  Horizon 20+,
Horizon 10+,  and Horizon  5 Portfolios.  Under the  terms of  its  Sub-Advisory
Agreement  with  ZKI,  DVA  will  manage the  value  portion  of  each  of these
Portfolios  and  will  provide  such  other  investment  advice,  research   and
assistance  as ZKI may, from time to time, reasonably request. Zurich Investment
Management, Inc. ("ZIM"), a  wholly-owned subsidiary of  ZKI, is the  investment
manager  of the  Guarantee Period  Accounts pursuant  to an  investment advisory
agreement between the Company and ZIM.
    
 
CAN I MAKE TRANSFERS AMONG THE ACCOUNTS?
 
    Yes. Prior to  the Annuity  Date, you  may transfer  among the  Sub-Accounts
investing  in  the  Portfolios, the  Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and  the Fixed
Account. You will incur no current  taxes on transfers while your money  remains
in  the Contract. However, transfers out of  a Guarantee Period Account prior to
its maturity  date will  incur a  Market Value  Adjustment. You  may also  elect
Automatic  Account rebalancing to ensure assets  remain allocated according to a
desired mix or choose  automatic dollar cost averaging  to gradually move  money
into one or more portfolios. See "TRANSFER PRIVILEGE."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
HOW MUCH CAN I INVEST AND HOW OFTEN?
 
    The  number  and frequency  of your  payments are  flexible, subject  to the
minimum and maximum payments stated in "PAYMENTS."
 
WHAT IF I NEED MY MONEY BEFORE MY ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE BEGINS?
 
   
    You can  withdraw 15%  of  the total  Accumulated  Value per  calendar  year
without  a surrender charge. You may surrender your Contract or make withdrawals
any time before  your annuity payout  phase begins subject  to the  restrictions
discussed  in "SURRENDER," "WITHDRAWALS," and "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT." Certain
charges may apply, see "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS," and there may be a  tax-penalty
assessed  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (the  "Code").  See  "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
    
 
WHAT HAPPENS UPON DEATH DURING MY ACCUMULATION PHASE?
 
    If the  Annuitant, Contract  Owner  or Joint  Owner  should die  before  the
Annuity  Date,  a Death  Benefit will  be  paid to  the beneficiary.  Unless the
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is  in effect at the death  of the Annuitant (or  a
Contract  Owner who  is also an  Annuitant), a standard  Annuitant Death Benefit
will be paid. The standard Annuitant Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:
 
    - The Accumulated Value increased by  any positive Market Value  Adjustment;
      or
 
    - Gross  payments reduced  proportionately to reflect  withdrawals (for each
      withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the Death Benefit
      under this option immediately prior  to the withdrawal, multiplied by  the
      withdrawal  amount, and divided by the Accumulated Value immediately prior
      to the withdrawal).
 
    If the Contract Owner elects the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the Annuitant
Death Benefit will be the greatest of
 
    - The Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment;
 
    - Gross payments, with interest accumulating daily  at an annual rate of  5%
      starting  on the date each payment was applied, reduced proportionately to
      reflect withdrawals (for each  withdrawal, the proportionate reduction  is
      calculated as the Death Benefit under this option immediately prior to the
      withdrawal,  multiplied  by  the  withdrawal amount,  and  divided  by the
      Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal); or
 
    - The Death Benefit that would have been payable on the most recent Contract
      Anniversary, increased for subsequent payments and reduced proportionately
      to reflect withdrawals after that date.
 
    A separate charge is made for  the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. See  "Death
Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
    Regardless  of whether the Enhanced  Death Benefit Rider is  in effect, if a
Contract Owner who is not also the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation phase,
the Death Benefit will equal the Accumulated Value of the Contract increased  by
any  positive Market Value  Adjustment. If the Annuitant  dies after the Annuity
Date but before  all guaranteed  annuity benefit  payments have  been made,  the
remaining  payments will be paid to the beneficiary at least as rapidly as under
the annuity option in effect. See "Death Benefit."
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE MY ANNUITY OPTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
 
    You may choose  variable annuity  benefit payments based  on the  investment
performance  of certain Portfolios, fixed-amount  annuity benefit payments, or a
combination of fixed-amount and variable annuity benefit payments.  Fixed-amount
payments  are guaranteed by  the Company. See "DESCRIPTION  OF THE CONTRACT" for
information about annuity benefit payment  options, selecting the Annuity  Date,
and how annuity benefit payments are calculated.
 
WHAT CHARGES WILL I INCUR UNDER MY CONTRACT?
 
    At each Contract anniversary and upon surrender, if the Accumulated Value is
less  than  $50,000,  the Company  will  deduct  a $35  Contract  Fee  from your
Contract. There will be no Contract Fee  if the Accumulated Value is $50,000  or
more.  The Contract Fee  is waived for  Contracts issued to  and maintained by a
Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
 
    Should you decide to surrender  your Contract, make withdrawals, or  receive
payments  under  certain annuity  options, you  may be  subject to  a contingent
deferred sales charge. If applicable, this charge  will be between 2% and 7%  of
payments withdrawn, based on when the payments were made.
 
    Depending  upon  the state  you live  in,  a deduction  for state  and local
premium taxes, if any, may be made as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
 
    Currently, the Company makes no  charge for processing transfers. The  first
twelve (12) transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of a transfer
charge.  For each subsequent  transfer in a contract  year, the Company reserves
the right to assess a charge which is guaranteed never to exceed $25.
 
    The Company will deduct  on a daily basis,  an annual Mortality and  Expense
Risk Charge and Administrative Expense Charge equal to an annual charge of 0.95%
and  0.15%,  respectively, of  the  average daily  net  assets invested  in each
Portfolio. The Portfolios will incur certain management fees and expenses  which
are  more fully described in  "OTHER CHARGES" and in  the KINF prospectus, which
accompanies this Prospectus.
 
    Three optional riders (Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, Living Benefits  Rider,
and Disability Rider) are available for an additional charge of 0.25%, 0.05% and
0.05%,  respectively, which is deducted in arrears  on a monthly basis. For more
information, see "Living  Benefits Rider" and  "Disability Rider" under  CHARGES
AND DEDUCTIONS, and "F. Death Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
CAN I MAKE FUTURE CHANGES UNDER MY CONTRACT?
 
    There are several changes you can make after receiving your Contract:
 
    - You  may  assign  your ownership  to  someone else,  except  under certain
      qualified plans.
 
    - You may change the beneficiary,  unless you have designated a  beneficiary
      irrevocably.
 
    - You  may change the allocation of payments, with no tax consequences under
      current law.
 
    - You may make transfers of Contract value among your current investments.
 
    - You may cancel  your Contract  within 10  days of  delivery, as  discussed
      above.
 
    - You may select the form and timing of annuity benefit payments.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                        ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
    The  following  tables show  charges under  your  Contract, expenses  of the
Sub-Accounts, and expenses  of the Portfolios.  In addition to  the charges  and
expenses  described  below,  premium taxes  are  applicable in  some  states and
deducted as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              YEARS FROM DATE
CONTRACT CHARGES                                                                                 OF PAYMENT      CHARGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>               <C>
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE:                                                                   0-1              7.0%
 This charge may be assessed upon surrender, withdrawal or annuitization                             2               6.0%
  under any commutable period certain option or a noncommutable period                               3               5.0%
  certain option of less than 10 years. The charge is a percentage of                                4               4.0%
  payments applied to the amount surrendered (in excess of any amount                                5               3.0%
  that is free of charge) within the indicated time periods.                                         6               2.0%
                                                                                                 Thereafter          0.0%
TRANSFER CHARGE:                                                                                                  None
The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The Company guarantees that
 the first twelve transfers in a Contract Year will not be subject to a transfer charge. For
 each subsequent transfer, the Company reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed
 never to exceed $25, to reimburse the Company for the costs of processing the transfer.
CONTRACT FEE:                                                                                                   $      35
The Fee is deducted annually and upon surrender prior to the annuity date when the
 Accumulated Value is less than $50,000. The fee is waived for contracts issued to and
 maintained by the Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
 
<CAPTION>
SUB-ACCOUNT EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>               <C>
 (on annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:                                                                                  0.95%
Administrative Expense Charge:                                                                                      0.15%
                                                                                                                ---------
Total Asset Charge:                                                                                                 1.10%
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>          <C>
 (annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                               MANAGEMENT        OTHER        TOTAL
PORTFOLIO                                                          FEE         EXPENSES     EXPENSES
- -----------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>          <C>
Money Market...............................................         0.50%          0.05%        0.55%
Total Return...............................................         0.55%          0.05%        0.60%
High Yield.................................................         0.60%          0.05%        0.65%
Growth.....................................................         0.60%          0.04%        0.64%
Government Securities......................................         0.55%          0.10%        0.65%
International..............................................         0.75%          0.17%        0.92%
Small Cap Growth...........................................         0.65%          0.22%        0.87%
Investment Grade Bond......................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Value......................................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Small Cap Value............................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Value+Growth...............................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Horizon 20+................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Horizon 10+................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Horizon 5..................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
</TABLE>
 
*Estimated First-Year Expenses
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    EXAMPLES.  The following examples demonstrate the cumulative expenses  which
would  be  paid by  the Contract  Owner  at 1-year,  3-year, 5-year  and 10-year
intervals under certain contingencies. Each example assumes a $1,000  investment
in  a Sub-Account and a 5% annual return  on assets, as required by rules of the
Securities and  Exchange  Commission. Because  the  expenses of  the  Portfolios
differ,  separate examples  are used  to illustrate  the expenses  incurred by a
Contract Owner on an investment in the various Sub-Accounts.
 
    THE INFORMATION GIVEN UNDER THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED
A  REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR
LESSER THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
    (a) If, at the end of the applicable period, you surrender your Contract  or
annuitize*  under a commutable  period certain option  or a noncommutable period
certain option of less than 10 years, you would pay the following expenses on  a
$1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                           1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Money Market...............................................   $      79    $     101    $     123    $     202
Total Return...............................................   $      79    $     102    $     125    $     207
High Yield.................................................   $      80    $     104    $     128    $     212
Growth.....................................................   $      80    $     103    $     127    $     211
Government Securities......................................   $      80    $     104    $     128    $     212
International..............................................   $      82    $     111    $     141    $     240
Small Cap Growth...........................................   $      82    $     110    $     139    $     235
Investment Grade Bond......................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Value......................................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Small Cap Value............................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Value+Growth...............................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Horizon 20+................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Horizon 10+................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Horizon 5..................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
</TABLE>
 
    (b)  If, at the  end of the  applicable time period,  you annuitize* under a
life option or a noncommutable period certain  option of 10 years or longer,  or
if  you do not surrender or annuitize your Contract, you would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                           1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Money Market...............................................   $      17    $      54    $      93    $     202
Total Return...............................................   $      18    $      55    $      95    $     207
High Yield.................................................   $      18    $      57    $      98    $     212
Growth.....................................................   $      18    $      57    $      97    $     211
Government Securities......................................   $      18    $      57    $      98    $     212
International..............................................   $      21    $      65    $     112    $     240
Small Cap Growth...........................................   $      21    $      64    $     109    $     235
Investment Grade Bond......................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Value......................................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Small Cap Value............................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Value+Growth...............................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Horizon 20+................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Horizon 10+................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Horizon 5..................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
</TABLE>
 
    As required in  rules promulgated under  the 1940 Act,  the Contract Fee  is
reflected  in  the examples  by  a method  to show  the  "average" impact  on an
investment in  the  Variable Account.  The  total Contract  Fees  collected  are
divided  by  the total  average net  assets attributable  to the  Contracts. The
resulting percentage is 0.088%, and the amount of the Contract Fee is assumed to
be $0.88 in the examples.
 
    *The Contract  Fee  is  not  deducted  after  annuitization.  No  contingent
deferred  sales charge is assessed at the  time of annuitization under an option
including a life contingency or under  a noncommutable period certain option  of
ten years or longer.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    OPTIONAL  BENEFIT RIDERS.  Subject to state availability, the Company offers
three optional  benefit riders  that may  be elected  by the  Contract Owner.  A
separate  monthly charge is made for  each rider selected. The applicable charge
is assessed on the Accumulated  Value on the last day  of each month and on  the
date  a  rider  is terminated,  multiplied  by  1/12th of  the  following annual
percentage rates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider                                                    0.25%
Disability Rider                                                                0.05%
Living Benefits Rider                                                           0.05%
</TABLE>
 
    For  a  description  of  these  riders,  see  "Living  Benefits  Rider"  and
"Disability  Rider" under "CHARGES AND  DEDUCTIONS," and "Enhanced Death Benefit
Rider" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
   
    The Contracts are first  being offered to the  public in 1996. However,  the
Company  and KINF may advertise "Total Return" and "Average Annual Total Return"
performance information based on  the periods that the  Portfolios have been  in
existence.  The results for any period prior to the Contracts being offered will
be calculated as if the Contracts had  been offered during that period of  time,
with  all  charges  assumed to  be  those  applicable to  the  Sub-Accounts, the
Portfolios, and (in Table  I) assuming that the  Contract is surrendered at  the
end of the applicable period.
    
 
    The  "Total  Return" of  a Sub-Account  refers  to the  total of  the income
generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in the value of
the principal (due  to realized and  unrealized capital gains  or losses) for  a
specified  period, reduced by certain charges,  and expressed as a percentage of
the investment.
 
    The "Average Annual Total Return"  represents the average annual  percentage
change  in the value  of an investment in  a Sub-Account over  a given period of
time. Average Annual Total Return represents  average figures as opposed to  the
actual performance of a Sub-Account, which will vary from year to year.
 
    The  "Yield"  of the  Sub-Account investing  in  the Money  Market Portfolio
refers to  the income  generated by  an  investment in  the Sub-Account  over  a
seven-day  period (which  period will be  specified in  the advertisement). This
income is  then  "annualized" by  assuming  that  the income  generated  in  the
specific week is generated over a 52-week period. This annualized Yield is shown
as a percentage of the investment. The "Effective Yield" calculation is similar,
but  when annualized, the income  earned by an investment  in the Sub-Account is
assumed to be  reinvested. Thus the  "Effective Yield" will  be slightly  higher
than the "Yield" because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
 
   
    The Total Return, Yield, and Effective Yield figures are adjusted to reflect
the  Sub-Account's asset charges. The total  return figures also reflect the $35
annual Contract Fee  and the  contingent deferred  sales charge  which would  be
assessed  if  the  investment were  completely  surrendered  at the  end  of the
specified period.
    
 
   
    The  Company  and  KINF  may   also  advertise  supplemental  total   return
performance  information. Supplemental total  return refers to  the total of the
income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in value
of the  principal invested  (due to  realized and  unrealized capital  gains  or
losses),  adjusted by the Sub-Account's annual asset charges, and expressed as a
percentage of the investment. Because it  is assumed that the investment is  NOT
surrendered  at the end  of the specified period,  the contingent deferred sales
charge is NOT included in the calculation of supplemental total return.
    
 
    Performance information for a  Sub-Account may be  compared, in reports  and
promotional  literature, to: (i) the  Standard & Poor's 500  Stock Index ("S & P
500"), Dow Jones  Industrial Average  ("DJIA"), Shearson  Lehman Aggregate  Bond
Index  or other unmanaged indices so  that investors may compare the Sub-Account
results with  those  of a  group  of  unmanaged securities  widely  regarded  by
investors  as representative  of the securities  markets in  general; (ii) other
groups of  variable  annuity  variable accounts  or  other  investment  products
tracked  by Lipper Analytical Services, a  widely used independent research firm
which ranks mutual funds and  other investment products by overall  performance,
investment  objectives,  and assets,  or tracked  by other  services, companies,
publications, or persons, such  as Morningstar, Inc.,  who rank such  investment
products  on overall performance or other  criteria; or (iii) the Consumer Price
Index (a  measure for  inflation) to  assess the  real rate  of return  from  an
investment  in the Sub-Account. Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of
dividends but  generally  do  not  reflect  deductions  for  administrative  and
management costs and expenses.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR ANY SUB-ACCOUNT REFLECTS ONLY THE PERFORMANCE OF
A  HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT IN THE SUB-ACCOUNT  DURING THE PARTICULAR TIME PERIOD
ON  WHICH  THE  CALCULATIONS  ARE  BASED.  PERFORMANCE  INFORMATION  SHOULD   BE
CONSIDERED  IN LIGHT OF THE  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES, CHARACTERISTICS
AND  QUALITY  OF  THE  INVESTMENT  PORTFOLIO  OF  THE  PORTFOLIO  IN  WHICH  THE
SUB-ACCOUNT  INVESTS AND THE MARKET CONDITIONS DURING THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD, AND
SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED AS A  REPRESENTATION OF  WHAT MAY BE  ACHIEVED IN  THE
FUTURE.
 
                                    TABLE I
       AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
                  (ASSUMING COMPLETE SURRENDER OF INVESTMENT)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             10 YEARS
                                                                                         YEAR                (OR SINCE
                                                                                        ENDED:        5      INCEPTION
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                                                   12/31/95     YEARS    IF LESS)*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>
Money Market........................................................................      -1.88%      2.57%      4.71%
Total Return........................................................................      17.51%     10.69%     10.51%
High Yield..........................................................................       9.13%     18.08%     10.19%
Growth..............................................................................      24.43%     17.62%     11.93%
Government Securities...............................................................      10.60%      6.80%      7.21%
International.......................................................................       4.88%        N/A      7.41%
Small Cap Growth....................................................................      21.56%        N/A     15.38%
Investment Grade Bond...............................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Value...............................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Small Cap Value.....................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Value+Growth........................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 20+.........................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 10+.........................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 5...........................................................................         N/A        N/A        N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE II
       AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
                     (ASSUMING NO SURRENDER OF INVESTMENT)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             10 YEARS
                                                                                         YEAR                (OR SINCE
                                                                                        ENDED:        5      INCEPTION
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                                                                   12/31/95     YEARS    IF LESS)*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Money Market.........................................................................      4.33%      3.10%      4.71%
Total Return.........................................................................     24.51%     11.09%     10.51%
High Yield...........................................................................     16.03%     18.39%     10.19%
Growth...............................................................................     31.43%     17.93%     11.93%
Government Securities................................................................     17.59%      7.25%      7.21%
International........................................................................     11.51%        N/A      8.23%
Small Cap Growth.....................................................................     28.56%        N/A     18.67%
Investment Grade Bond................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Value................................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Small Cap Value......................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Value+Growth.........................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 20+..........................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 10+..........................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
Horizon 5............................................................................        N/A        N/A        N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    *The  inception dates for the Portfolios are: 3/5/82 for Money Market, Total
Return and High  Yield; 12/9/83  for Growth; 9/3/87  for Government  Securities;
1/6/92 for International; 5/2/94 for the Small Cap Growth; 5/1/96 for Investment
Grade  Bond, Value, Small Cap Value, Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon 10+, and
Horizon 5.
    
 
                              WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?
 
    In general,  an annuity  is  an insurance  contract  designed to  provide  a
retirement  income in  the form  of periodic  payments for  the lifetime  of the
Contract Owner or  an individual chosen  by the Contract  Owner. The  retirement
income  payments  are  called  "annuity  benefit  payments"  and  the individual
receiving the payments is called the "Annuitant." Annuity benefit payments begin
on the annuity date.
 
    The Contract has  two phases, an  accumulation phase and  an annuity  payout
phase.  During the accumulation  phase, your initial  payment and any additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and to the Fixed Account.
 
    During the annuity payout phase, the  Annuitant can receive income based  on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
 
    Under  an annuity contract,  the insurance company  assumes a mortality risk
and an expense  risk. The  mortality risk  arises from  the insurance  company's
guarantee  that  annuity benefit  payments  will continue  for  the life  of the
Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives or how long all Annuitants
as a group live. The expense risk arises from the insurance company's  guarantee
that  charges will not be increased beyond the limits specified in the Contract,
regardless of actual costs of operations.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    The Contract Owner's payments, less any applicable deductions, are  invested
by the insurance company. After retirement, annuity benefit payments are paid to
the Annuitant for life or for such other period chosen by the Contract Owner. In
the  case of a "fixed"  annuity, the value of  these annuity benefit payments is
guaranteed by  the insurance  company,  which assumes  the  risk of  making  the
investments  to enable it to make  the guaranteed payments. For more information
about fixed  annuities  see  APPENDIX  A,  "MORE  INFORMATION  ABOUT  THE  FIXED
ACCOUNT."  With a variable  annuity, the value  of the Contract  and the annuity
benefit payments are not  guaranteed but will vary  depending on the  investment
performance  of a  portfolio of securities.  Any investment gains  or losses are
reflected in the value of the Contract  and in the annuity benefit payments.  If
the  portfolio increases in value,  the value of the  Contract increases. If the
portfolio decreases in value, the value of the Contract decreases.
 
                              RIGHT TO REVOKE IRA
 
   
    An individual purchasing a Contract intended to qualify as an IRA may revoke
the Contract  at any  time within  10 days  after receipt  of the  Contract  and
receive  a refund. In order to revoke the Contract, the Contract Owner must mail
or deliver the Contract to the agent through whom the Contract was purchased  or
to  the  Principal  Office of  the  Company  at 440  Lincoln  Street, Worcester,
Massachusetts 01653. Mailing or delivery must  occur on or before 10 days  after
receipt of the Contract for revocation to be effective.
    
 
    Within  seven days the Company will provide a refund equal to the greater of
(1) gross payments, or (2) the Accumulated Value plus any amounts deducted under
the Contract or by the Portfolios for taxes, charges or fees.
 
    The liability of the Variable Account under this provision is limited to the
Contract  Owner's  Accumulated  Value  in  the  Sub-Accounts  on  the  date   of
cancellation. Any additional amounts refunded to the Contract Owner will be paid
by the Company.
 
                  RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER IN SOME STATES
 
   
    In  Georgia, Idaho,  Indiana, Michigan, Missouri,  North Carolina, Oklahoma,
Oregon, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, Washington and West Virginia, any  Contract
Owner  may revoke  the Contract at  any time within  10 days (20  days in Idaho)
after receipt of the Contract and receive a refund as described under "RIGHT  TO
REVOKE IRA," above.
    
 
    In  all other states, a  Contract Owner may return  the Contract at any time
within 10 days (or  the number of days  required by state law  if more than  10)
after  receipt of the  Contract. The Company  will pay to  the Contract Owner an
amount equal  to  the  sum of  (i)  the  difference between  the  payment  paid,
including  fees, and any amount  allocated to the Variable  Account and (ii) the
Accumulated Value of amounts  allocated to the Variable  Account as of the  date
the  request  is  received.  If the  Contract  was  issued as  an  IRA,  the IRA
revocation right  described  above  may  be utilized  in  lieu  of  the  special
surrender right.
 
               DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT,
                           AND KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
 
    THE  COMPANY -- The Company is a  life insurance company organized under the
laws of Delaware in July, 1974. Its  Principal Office is located at 440  Lincoln
Street,  Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, Telephone  800-782-8380. The Company is
subject to the laws of the  State of Delaware governing insurance companies  and
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
to  regulation by  the Commissioner of  Insurance of Delaware.  In addition, the
Company is subject  to the insurance  laws and regulations  of other states  and
jurisdictions  in which it is licensed to  operate. As of December 31, 1995, the
Company had over $5 billion in assets and over $18 billion of life insurance  in
force.
 
    Effective  October  1, 1995,  the  Company changed  its  name from  SMA Life
Assurance Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company. The
Company is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance  Company  ("First  Allmerica"),  which  in  turn  is  a   wholly-owned
subsidiary   of  Allmerica  Financial   Corporation  ("AFC").  First  Allmerica,
originally organized under the  laws of Massachusetts in  1844 as a mutual  life
insurance  company and known as State  Mutual Life Assurance Company of America,
converted to a stock life insurance company on October 16, 1995 and adopted  its
present  name. First  Allmerica is  the fifth  oldest life  insurance company in
America. As of December 31, 1995 First Allmerica and its subsidiaries (including
the Company) had over $11 billion in  combined assets and over $35.2 billion  in
life insurance in force.
 
    VARIABLE  ACCOUNT -- Separate Account KGC ("Variable Account") is a separate
investment account of the Company with 14 Sub-Accounts. The assets used to  fund
the  variable  portions of  the  Contracts are  set  aside in  Sub-Accounts kept
separate from the general assets of  the Company. Each Sub-Account invests in  a
corresponding investment series ("Portfolio") of Kemper Investors Fund ("KINF").
Each  Sub-Account  is administered  and  accounted for  as  part of  the general
business of the Company. However, the  income, capital gains, or capital  losses
of  each Sub-Account  are allocated to  each Sub-Account, without  regard to any
other income, capital gains,  or capital losses of  the Company. Under  Delaware
law,  the assets of the Variable Account may not be charged with any liabilities
arising out of any other business of the Company.
 
    The Variable Account was authorized by vote of the Board of Directors of the
Company on June 13, 1996. The Variable Account meets the definition of "separate
account" under federal securities laws and is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission  ("SEC") as  a unit  investment trust  under the  Investment
Company  Act  of  1940 ("1940  Act").  This  registration does  not  involve the
supervision of management or  investment practices or  policies of the  Variable
Account by the SEC.
 
    The  Company reserves the right, subject  to compliance with applicable law,
to change the names of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts.
 
   
    KEMPER INVESTORS FUND --  The Variable Account invests  in shares of  Kemper
Investors  Fund  ("KINF"),  a  series  type  mutual  fund  registered  with  the
Commission  as  an   open-end,  diversified,   management  investment   company.
Registration  of KINF does not involve supervision of its management, investment
practices or  policies  by  the  Commission. KINF  is  designed  to  provide  an
investment  vehicle  for certain  variable annuity  contracts and  variable life
insurance policies. Shares of the Portfolios of KINF are sold only to  insurance
company  separate accounts. The investment objectives of the fourteen Portfolios
of KINF are summarized below:
    
 
    MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks maximum current income to the extent consistent
with stability  of principal  from  a portfolio  of  high quality  money  market
instruments that mature in twelve months or less.
 
    TOTAL  RETURN PORTFOLIO seeks  a high total return,  a combination of income
and capital appreciation, by investing in  a combination of debt securities  and
common stocks.
 
    HIGH  YIELD PORTFOLIO  seeks to  provide a high  level of  current income by
investing in fixed-income securities.
 
    GROWTH   PORTFOLIO   seeks   maximum   appreciation   of   capital   through
diversification   of   investment  securities   having  potential   for  capital
appreciation.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO  seeks high current  return consistent  with
preservation  of capital from a portfolio  composed primarily of U.S. Government
securities.
 
    INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO seeks total return, a combination of capital  growth
and  income,  principally through  an  internationally diversified  portfolio of
equity securities.
 
    SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks maximum appreciation of investors'  capital
from a portfolio primarily of growth stocks of smaller companies.
 
    INVESTMENT  GRADE  BOND PORTFOLIO  seeks  high current  income  by investing
primarily in a diversified portfolio of investment grade debt securities.
 
    VALUE PORTFOLIO  seeks  to  achieve a  high  rate  of total  return  from  a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of larger companies.
 
    SMALL  CAP  VALUE  PORTFOLIO  seeks long-term  capital  appreciation  from a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of smaller companies.
 
   
    VALUE+GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  seeks  growth   of  capital  through   professional
management of a portfolio of growth and value stocks.
    
 
   
    HORIZON  20+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 20+ year
investment horizon,  seeks  growth  of  capital,  with  income  as  a  secondary
objective.
    
 
   
    HORIZON  10+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 10+ year
investment horizon,  seeks  a balance  between  growth of  capital  and  income,
consistent with moderate risk.
    
 
    HORIZON  5 PORTFOLIO,  designed for  investors with  approximately a  5 year
investment horizon, seeks income consistent  with preservation of capital,  with
growth of capital as a secondary objective.
 
    There  is no assurance that  any of the Portfolios  of KINF will achieve its
objective as stated in KINF's prospectus. More detailed information, including a
description of risks  involved in investing  in each of  the Portfolios, may  be
found  in  the  prospectus  for  KINF,  which  must  accompany  or  precede this
Prospectus, and  KINF's  Statement  of  Additional  Information  available  upon
request  from KINF, 222  South Riverside Plaza,  Chicago, Illinois 60606. Please
read the prospectus of KINF carefully before investing.
 
   
    INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES  TO  KINF  --  Responsibility  for  overall
management of KINF rests with the Board of Trustees and officers of KINF. ZKI is
the  investment manager  of each  Portfolio other than  the Value  and Small Cap
Value Portfolios who are managed by DVA,  a wholly owned subsidiary of ZKI.  ZKI
and   DVA  provide  each  portfolio   with  continuous  professional  investment
supervision. DVA  is also  the sub-adviser  for the  Value+Growth, Horizon  20+,
Horizon  10+,  and Horizon  5 Portfolios.  Under the  terms of  its Sub-Advisory
Agreement with  ZKI,  DVA  will  manage  the value  portion  of  each  of  these
Portfolios   and  will  provide  such  other  investment  advice,  research  and
assistance as ZKI may, from time to time reasonably request.
    
 
   
    For its services, ZKI is paid a management fee based upon the average  daily
net  assets of  such Portfolios,  as follows:  Money Market  (.50 of  1%), Total
Return (.55 of  1%), High  Yield (.60  of 1%),  Growth (.60  of 1%),  Government
Securities (.55 of 1%), International (.75 of 1%), Small Cap Growth (.65 of 1%),
Investment Grade Bond (.60 of 1%), Value+Growth (.75 of 1%), Horizon 20+ (.60 of
1%),  Horizon 10+  (.60 of 1%),  and Horizon  5 (.60 of  1%). DVA  serves as the
investment manager for the Value  and Small Cap Value  Portfolios and is paid  a
management fee at an annual rate of .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets of
these Portfolios. For more information, see the KINF Prospectus and SAI.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
               ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS
 
    The  Company reserves the right, subject to applicable law and to provisions
of  the  Participation  Agreement  (the  "Participation  Agreement")  among  the
Company,  KINF,  ZKI  and  Kemper  Distributors,  Inc.,  to  make  additions to,
deletions  from,  or  substitutions  for  the  shares  that  are  held  in   the
Sub-Accounts  or  that  the Sub-Accounts  may  purchase.  If the  shares  of any
Portfolio are no longer available for investment or if in the Company's judgment
further investment in any Portfolio should  become inappropriate in view of  the
purposes  of the Variable  Account or the affected  Sub-Account, the Company may
redeem the shares of that Portfolio and substitute shares of another  registered
open-end  management  company.  The  Company  will  not  substitute  any  shares
attributable to  a Contract  interest in  a Sub-Account  without notice  to  the
Contract  Owner  and  prior  approval  of  the  Commission  and  state insurance
authorities, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The
Variable Account may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase other  securities
for  other contracts or permit a conversion  between contracts upon request by a
Contract Owner.
 
    The Company also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts  of
the  Variable Account, each of  which would invest in  shares corresponding to a
new Portfolio or  in shares  of another  investment company  having a  specified
investment  objective.  Subject to  applicable law  and any  required Commission
approval, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or
eliminate one or  more Sub-Accounts  if marketing needs,  tax considerations  or
investment  conditions warrant.  Any new Sub-Accounts  may be  made available to
existing Contract Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company.
 
    Shares of  the Portfolios  are also  issued to  variable accounts  of  other
insurance  companies  which  issue variable  life  Contracts  ("mixed funding").
Shares of  the  Portfolios  are  also issued  to  other  unaffiliated  insurance
companies  ("shared funding"). It  is conceivable that in  the future such mixed
funding or  shared funding  may be  disadvantageous for  variable life  Contract
Owners or variable annuity Contract Owners. Although the Company and KINF do not
currently  foresee  any such  disadvantages  to either  variable  life insurance
Contract Owners  or  variable  annuity  Contract Owners,  the  Company  and  the
Trustees  of KINF  intend to  monitor events in  order to  identify any material
conflicts between such  Contract Owners and  to determine what  action, if  any,
should  be taken  in response  thereto. If  the Trustees  were to  conclude that
separate portfolios should be established for variable life and variable annuity
Separate accounts, the Company will bear the attendant expenses.
 
    If any  of these  substitutions or  changes  are made,  the Company  may  by
appropriate  endorsement  change the  Contract  to reflect  the  substitution or
change and will notify Contract Owners of all such changes. If the Company deems
it to be in the best interest  of Contract Owners, and subject to any  approvals
that  may  be  required  under  applicable  law,  the  Variable  Account  or any
Sub-Account(s) may be operated as a  management company under the 1940 Act,  may
be deregistered under the 1940 Act if registration is no longer required, or may
be combined with other Sub-Accounts or other separate accounts of the Company.
 
                                 VOTING RIGHTS
 
    The  Company  will  vote  Portfolio  shares  held  by  each  Sub-Account  in
accordance with  instructions  received  from Contract  Owners  and,  after  the
Annuity  Date, from the  Annuitants. Each person  having a voting  interest in a
Sub-Account will be provided with proxy materials of the Portfolio together with
a form with which to give voting  instructions to the Company. Shares for  which
no  timely  instructions  are  received  will  be  voted  in  proportion  to the
instructions which  are  received.  The  Company will  also  vote  shares  in  a
Sub-Account that it owns and which are not attributable to Contracts in the same
proportion. If the 1940 Act or any rules thereunder
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
should be amended or if the present interpretation of the 1940 Act or such rules
should  change, and as a  result the Company determines  that it is permitted to
vote shares in its own right, whether or not such shares are attributable to the
Contract, the Company reserves the right to do so.
 
    The number of votes  which a Contract  Owner or Annuitant  may cast will  be
determined  by the Company as  of the record date  established by the Portfolio.
During the accumulation period, the  number of Portfolio shares attributable  to
each  Contract Owner  will be  determined by  dividing the  dollar value  of the
Accumulation Units of the Sub-Account credited to the Contract by the net  asset
value of one Portfolio share. During the annuity period, the number of Portfolio
shares attributable to each Annuitant will be determined by dividing the reserve
held  in each Sub-Account for the Annuitant's  variable annuity by the net asset
value of one Portfolio share. Ordinarily, the Annuitant's voting interest in the
Portfolio will decrease as the reserve for the variable annuity is depleted.
 
                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
   
    Deductions under  the  Contracts  and  charges against  the  assets  of  the
Sub-Accounts  are described below. Other deductions and expenses paid out of the
assets of the Portfolios are described in the Prospectus and SAI of KINF.
    
 
A.  ANNUAL CHARGES AGAINST VARIABLE ACCOUNT ASSETS.
 
    MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. The Company makes a charge of 0.95% on an
annual basis  of the  daily value  of  each Sub-Account's  assets to  cover  the
mortality and expense risk which the Company assumes in relation to the variable
portion  of the  Contract. The  charge is  imposed during  both the accumulation
period and  the  annuity payout  period.  The  mortality risk  arises  from  the
Company's  guarantee that  it will make  annuity benefit  payments in accordance
with annuity rate provisions established at the time the Contract is issued  for
the  life of the Annuitant (or in  accordance with the annuity option selected),
no matter how long the Annuitant (or  other payee) lives and no matter how  long
all  Annuitants as  a class  live. Therefore,  the mortality  charge is deducted
during the annuity payout  phase on all contracts,  including those that do  not
involve  a  life  contingency, even  though  the  Company does  not  bear direct
mortality risk with respect to variable  annuity settlement options that do  not
involve life contingencies. The expense risk arises from the Company's guarantee
that  the charges it makes will not  exceed the limits described in the Contract
and in this Prospectus.
 
    If the charge  for mortality and  expense risks is  not sufficient to  cover
actual mortality experience and expenses, the Company will absorb the losses. If
expenses  are less than the  amounts provided to the  Company by the charge, the
difference will be a profit to the Company. To the extent this charge results in
a profit to the Company,  such profit will be available  for use by the  Company
for, among other things, the payment of distribution, sales and other expenses.
 
    Since mortality and expense risks involve future contingencies which are not
subject  to precise  determination in  advance, it  is not  feasible to identify
specifically the portion of the charge which is applicable to each. The  Company
estimates  that a  reasonable allocation might  be 0.55% for  mortality risk and
0.40% for expense risk.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE. The Company assesses each Sub-Account with  a
daily  charge at an annual rate of 0.15%  of the average daily net assets of the
Sub-Account. The charge is imposed during  both the accumulation period and  the
annuity  payout period. The  daily Administrative Expense  Charge is assessed to
help defray administrative expenses actually  incurred in the administration  of
the  Sub-Account,  without profits.  However,  there is  no  direct relationship
between the amount of  administrative expenses imposed on  a given contract  and
the amount of expenses actually attributable to that contract.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Deductions  for the Contract  Fee (described under B.  CONTRACT FEE) and for
the Administrative Expense Charge are designed to reimburse the Company for  the
cost  of administration and related expenses and are not expected to be a source
of profit. The administrative  functions and expense assumed  by the Company  in
connection  with the  Variable Account  and the  Contracts include,  but are not
limited to, clerical, accounting, actuarial  and legal services, rent,  postage,
telephone,  office equipment  and supplies,  expenses of  preparing and printing
registration statements, expense of  preparing and typesetting prospectuses  and
the  cost of  printing prospectuses not  allocable to sales  expense, filing and
other fees.
 
   
    OTHER CHARGES -- Because the Sub-Accounts hold shares of the Portfolios, the
value of the net assets of the Sub-Accounts will reflect the investment advisory
fee and other  expenses incurred by  the Portfolios. The  Prospectus and SAI  of
KINF contain additional information concerning expenses of the Portfolios.
    
 
B.  CONTRACT FEE.
 
    A  $35 Contract Fee  currently is deducted on  the Contract anniversary date
and upon full surrender of the Contract when the Accumulated Value is less  than
$50,000.  The Contract Fee is  waived for Contracts issued  to and maintained by
the Trustee of a 401(k)  plan. Where Contract value  has been allocated to  more
than  one account, a percentage of the  total Contract Fee will be deducted from
the Value in each account. The portion of the charge deducted from each  account
will  be equal to  the percentage which the  Value in that  account bears to the
Accumulated Value under the Contract. The  deduction of the Contract Fee from  a
Sub-Account  will result in cancellation of a number of Accumulation Units equal
in value to the percentage of the charge deducted from that account.
 
   
    Where permitted by law, the contract  fee will also be waived for  Contracts
where  both the Contract Owner and the Annuitant on the date of issue are within
the following classes of  individuals: employees and registered  representatives
of  any broker-dealer which has entered into  a Sales Agreement with the Company
to sell the Contracts; officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the
Portfolios;  investment  managers  or  sub-advisers;  and  the  spouses  of  and
immediate  family  members residing  in the  same  household with  such eligible
persons. "Immediate  family  members"  means  children,  siblings,  parents  and
grandparents.
    
 
C.  OPTIONAL BENEFIT RIDERS.
 
    Subject  to state  availability, the  Company offers  three optional benefit
riders that may be elected by the  Contract Owner. A separate monthly charge  is
made  for each rider selected. On the last day of each month and on the date the
rider is terminated,  a charge  equal to  1/12th of  an annual  rate (see  table
below)  is made against the Accumulated Value  of the Contract at that time. The
charge is  made through  a  pro-rata reduction  (based  on relative  values)  in
Accumulation  Units of the Sub-Accounts, of dollar amounts in the Fixed Account,
and of dollar amounts in the Guarantee Period Accounts.
 
    The applicable charge is assessed on  the Accumulated Value on the last  day
of each month and on the date a rider is terminated, multiplied by 1/12th of the
following annual percentage rates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider...............................      0.25%
Living Benefits Rider......................................      0.05%
Disability Rider...........................................      0.05%
</TABLE>
 
    For  a  description  of  these  riders,  see  "Living  Benefits  Rider"  and
"Disability Rider" under "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS," below, and "E. Death Benefit"
under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT," below.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
D.  PREMIUM TAXES.
 
    Some states  and municipalities  impose a  premium tax  on variable  annuity
Contracts. State premium taxes currently range up to 3.5%.
 
    The  Company  makes a  charge for  state and  municipal premium  taxes, when
applicable, and deducts  the amount paid  as a premium  tax charge. The  current
practice of the Company is to deduct the premium tax charge in one of two ways:
 
    (1) if  the premium tax was paid by the Company when payments were received,
        the premium tax charge is deducted on a pro rata basis when  withdrawals
        are  made,  upon  surrender of  the  Contract, or  when  annuity benefit
        payments begin (the  Company reserves  the right instead  to deduct  the
        premium  tax charge  for these  Contracts at  the time  the payments are
        received); or
 
    (2) the premium tax charge is deducted when annuity benefit payments begin.
 
    In no event will a deduction be taken before the Company has incurred a  tax
liability  under applicable state law. If no amount for premium tax was deducted
at the time the payment was received,  but subsequently tax is determined to  be
due  prior to  the Annuity Date,  the Company  reserves the right  to deduct the
premium tax from the Contract value at the time such determination is made.
 
E.  CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE.
    No charge  for sales  expense is  deducted  from payments  at the  time  the
payments  are made. However, a contingent deferred sales charge is deducted from
the  Accumulated  Value  of  the  Contract  in  the  case  of  surrender  and/or
withdrawals,  or at the time annuity benefit payments begin, within certain time
limits described below.
 
    For purposes  of  determining  the contingent  deferred  sales  charge,  the
Accumulated Value is divided into three categories: (1) New Payments -- payments
received  by  the  Company  during  the six  years  preceding  the  date  of the
surrender; (2) Old Payments -- Accumulated payments not defined as New Payments;
and (3) Earnings -- the amount of Contract Value in excess of all payments  that
have  not been previously surrendered. For purposes of determining the amount of
any contingent deferred  sales charge,  surrenders will  be deemed  to be  taken
first  from Old Payments, then from New  Payments. Old Payments may be withdrawn
from the Contract at  any time without the  imposition of a contingent  deferred
sales  charge. If a withdrawal is attributable all or in part to New Payments, a
contingent deferred sales  charge may apply.  An Owner may  withdraw 15% of  the
Accumulated  Value  in  any calendar  year  without assessment  of  a withdrawal
charge. If the Owner withdraws an amount  in excess of the Accumulated Value  in
any  calendar  year, the  amount  withdrawn in  excess of  15%  is subject  to a
Withdrawal Charge.
 
    CHARGES FOR SURRENDER AND  WITHDRAWALS. If a Contract  is surrendered or  if
New  Payments  are withdrawn,  while the  Contract  is in  force and  before the
Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed. This  surrender
charge  will never be applied to earnings.  The amount of the charge will depend
upon the number of years that the New Payments, if any, to which the  withdrawal
is  attributed have remained credited under  the Contract. Amounts withdrawn are
deducted first from Old Payments. Then, for the purpose of calculating surrender
charges for New Payments, all amounts withdrawn are assumed to be deducted first
from the earliest New Payment and then from the next earliest New Payment and so
on,  until   all   New   Payments   have  been   exhausted   pursuant   to   the
first-in-first-out   ("FIFO")   method   of   accounting.   (See   "FEDERAL  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" for a discussion of how  withdrawals are treated for income  tax
purposes.)
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charges are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     CHARGE AS PERCENTAGE
YEARS FROM DATE OF                                          OF NEW
    PAYMENT                                           PAYMENTS WITHDRAWN
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                <C>
Less than 1......................................                 7%
2................................................                 6%
3................................................                 5%
4................................................                 4%
5................................................                 3%
6................................................                 2%
Thereafter.......................................                 0%
</TABLE>
 
    The  amount withdrawn equals the amount requested by the Contract Owner plus
the charge, if any. The  charge is applied as a  percentage of the New  Payments
withdrawn,  but  in no  event will  the total  contingent deferred  sales charge
exceed a maximum  limit of 7%  of total  gross New Payments.  Such total  charge
equals  the aggregate  of all applicable  contingent deferred  sales charges for
surrender, withdrawals, and annuitization.
 
   
    REDUCTION OR  ELIMINATION  OF SURRENDER  CHARGE.  From time  to  time  where
permitted  by law, the  Company may allow  a reduction in  or elimination of the
contingent deferred sales charge, the period during which the charge applies, or
both, and/or or credit additional amounts  on contracts when Contracts are  sold
to individuals or groups of individuals in a manner that reduces sales expenses.
The  Company will consider factors such as  the following: (a) the size and type
of group or class, and  the persistency expected from  that group or class;  (b)
the total amount of payments to be received and the manner in which payments are
remitted;  (c)  the purpose  for  which the  Contracts  are being  purchased and
whether that purpose makes  it likely that costs  and expenses will be  reduced;
(d) other transactions where sales expenses are likely to be reduced; or (e) the
level  of  commissions  paid  to  selling  broker-dealers  or  certain financial
institutions with  respect to  Contracts within  the same  group or  class  (for
example,  broker-dealers who  offer this  Contract in  connection with financial
planning services offered  on a  fee for service  basis). The  Company may  also
reduce  or waive the contingent deferred  sales charge, and/or credit additional
amounts on Contracts,  where both the  Contract Owner and  the Annuitant on  the
date  of  issue  are  within the  following  classes  of  individuals ("eligible
persons"): employees and registered  representatives of any broker-dealer  which
has  entered  into a  Sales Agreement  with  the Company  to sell  the Contract;
officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the Portfolios, investment
managers or sub-advisers;  and the spouses  of and immediate  family members  of
such eligible persons. "Immediate family members" means children, grandchildren,
parents and grandparents.
    
 
    Any  reduction or  elimination in the  amount or duration  of the contingent
deferred sales charge will not discriminate unfairly between purchasers of  this
Contract.  The Company will not make any changes to this charge where prohibited
by law.
 
    WITHDRAWAL WITHOUT SURRENDER  CHARGE. In each  calendar year, including  the
calendar  year  in which  the Contract  is  issued, the  Company will  waive the
contingent deferred  sales charge,  if any,  on an  amount ("Withdrawal  Without
Surrender Charge") equal to the greater of (1) or (2):
 
    Where (1) is:
 
    15%  of the Accumulated  Value as of  the Valuation Date  coincident with or
    next following the date of receipt of the request for withdrawal, reduced by
    the total amount of any prior withdrawals made in the same calendar year  to
    which no contingent deferred sales charge was applied.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    Where (2) is:
 
    The  amount calculated under the Company's life expectancy distribution (see
    "LED Distributions," below) whether or not  the withdrawal was part of  such
    distribution (applies only if Annuitant is also an Owner)
 
    For  example, an  81 year old  Owner/Annuitant with an  Accumulated Value of
$15,000 would have a  Free Withdrawal Amount  of $2,250, which  is equal to  the
greater of:
 
    (1)  15% of Accumulated Value ($2,250); or
 
    (2)  LED distribution of 10.2% of Accumulated Value ($1,530).
 
   
    The  Withdrawal  Without  Surrender  Charge  will  first  be  deducted  from
Cumulative  Earnings.  If  the  Withdrawal  Without  Surrender  Charge   exceeds
Cumulative  Earnings, the excess  amount will be  deemed withdrawn from payments
not previously withdrawn on a last-in-first-out ("LIFO") basis. If more than one
withdrawal is made during  the year, on each  subsequent withdrawal the  Company
will  waive  the contingent  deferred  sales charge,  if  any, until  the entire
Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge has been withdrawn. Amounts withdrawn from a
Guarantee Period Account  prior to the  end of the  applicable Guarantee  Period
will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
    
 
    LIVING  BENEFITS RIDER.  For a separate  monthly charge,  an optional Living
Benefits Rider may be elected at the time of application for the Contract. Under
this rider, the Surrender Charge  will be waived if  the Contract Owner (or  the
Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a person), is:
 
    (a) admitted  to  a "medical  care  facility" after  the  issue date  of the
        Contract and remains confined  there until the later  of one year  after
        the issue date or 90 consecutive days;
 
    (b) first  diagnosed by a  licensed "physician" as  having a "fatal illness"
        after the issue date of the  Contract; or (c) commencing one year  after
        issue  of the Contract, is confined to a hospice or receives home health
        services,  with  certification  from  a  licensed  physician  that   the
        confinement  to the hospice  or receipt of home  health care services is
        expected to continue until death.
 
    For purposes of the above provision, "medical care facility" means any state
licensed facility (or, in  a state that does  not require licensing) a  facility
that is operating pursuant to state law, providing medically necessary inpatient
care  which is  prescribed by  a licensed  "physician" in  writing and  based on
physical limitations which prohibit daily living in a non-institutional setting;
"fatal illness" means  a condition diagnosed  by a licensed  physician which  is
expected  to result in death within two  years of the diagnosis; and "physician"
means a person  other than  the Owner,  Annuitant or a  member of  one of  their
families  who is state licensed to give  medical care or treatment and is acting
within the scope of that license.
 
    Where contingent deferred sales charges have been waived under either of the
two situations discussed above, no additional payments under this Contract  will
be accepted.
 
    On  the last day  of each month and  on the date the  rider is terminated, a
charge equal  to  1/12th  of  an  annual rate  of  0.05%  is  made  against  the
Accumulated  Value of the  Contract at that  time. The charge  is made through a
pro-rata reduction in Accumulation Units  of the Subaccounts, of dollar  amounts
in  the Fixed Account, and  of dollar amounts in  the Guarantee Period Accounts,
based on relative values.
 
    DISABILITY RIDER.  For a  separate monthly  charge, an  optional  Disability
Rider  may be elected  at the time  of application for  the Contract. Under this
rider, the  Surrender  Charge will  be  waived if  the  Contract Owner  (or  the
Annuitant  if the Contract Owner is not  a person), is physically disabled after
the issue date of the Contract and
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
before attaining age 65. The Company may require proof of continuing disability,
including written confirmation of receipt and  approval of any claim for  Social
Security Disability Benefits, and reserves the right to obtain an examination by
a licensed physician of its choice and at its expense.
 
    Where  contingent deferred sales charges have  been waived under this rider,
no additional payments under this Contract will be accepted.
 
    On the last day  of each month and  on the date the  rider is terminated,  a
charge  equal  to  1/12th  of  an  annual rate  of  0.05%  is  made  against the
Accumulated Value of the  Contract at that  time. The charge  is made through  a
pro-rata  reduction in Accumulation Units of  the Subaccounts, of dollar amounts
in the Fixed Account,  and of dollar amounts  in the Guarantee Period  Accounts,
based on relative values.
 
    LED  DISTRIBUTIONS. Prior to the  Annuity Date a Contract  Owner who is also
the Annuitant may  elect to  make a series  of systematic  withdrawals from  the
Contract  according  to  a  life  expectancy  distribution  ("LED")  option,  by
returning a properly signed LED request form to the Company's Principal  Office.
The  LED option permits  the Contract Owner to  make systematic withdrawals from
the Contract over his  or her lifetime. The  amount withdrawn from the  Contract
changes  each  year, because  life expectancy  changes each  year that  a person
lives. For example, actuarial tables  indicate that a person  age 70 has a  life
expectancy of 16 years, but a person who attains age 86 has a life expectancy of
another 6.5 years.
 
    If  a Contract Owner elects the LED option, in each calendar year a fraction
of the Accumulated Value  is withdrawn based on  the Contract Owner's then  life
expectancy.  The numerator of the fraction is 1 (one) and the denominator of the
fraction is the remaining life expectancy  of the Contract Owner, as  determined
annually  by the Company. The resulting  fraction, expressed as a percentage, is
applied to the Accumulated Value at the  beginning of the year to determine  the
amount  to be distributed during the year. The Contract Owner may elect monthly,
bimonthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual distributions, and may terminate the
LED  option  at  any  time.  The  Contract  Owner  may  also  elect  to  receive
distributions  under  an  LED  option  which is  determined  on  the  joint life
expectancy of the Contract Owner and  a beneficiary. The Company may also  offer
other systematic withdrawal options.
 
    If  a Contract Owner  makes withdrawals under the  LED distribution prior to
age 59 1/2, the withdrawals may be treated by the IRS as premature distributions
from the Contract. The payments would then be taxed on an "income first"  basis,
and  be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. For more information, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "B.  Taxation of the  Contracts in General."  The LED  will
cease on the Annuity Date.
 
    SURRENDERS.  In the case of a complete surrender, the amount received by the
Contract Owner is equal to the entire Accumulated Value under the Contract,  net
of the applicable contingent deferred sales charge on New Payments, the Contract
Fee  and any applicable  tax withholding and adjusted  for any applicable Market
Value Adjustment.  Subject to  the  same rules  applicable to  withdrawals,  the
Company will not assess a contingent deferred sales charge on an amount equal to
the  greater of the Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge Amount, described above,
or the life expectancy distribution, if applicable.
 
    Where a Contract Owner who is a trustee under a pension plan surrenders,  in
whole  or in  part, a Contract  on a  terminating employee, the  trustee will be
permitted to reallocate all or a part  of the total Accumulated Value under  the
Contract to other contracts issued by the Company and owned by the trustee, with
no  deduction for any otherwise applicable contingent deferred sales charge. Any
such reallocation will  be at the  unit values  for the Sub-Accounts  as of  the
valuation  date on which a written, signed  request is received at the Company's
Principal Office.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    For further  information on  surrender  and withdrawals,  including  minimum
limits  on amount withdrawn and amount remaining  under the Contract in the case
of  withdrawals,  and   important  tax  considerations,   see  "Surrender"   and
"Withdrawals"   under   "DESCRIPTION   OF  CONTRACT"   and   see   "FEDERAL  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
 
    CHARGE AT THE TIME ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS BEGIN. If any commutable  period
certain option or a non-commutable period certain option for less than ten years
is  chosen,  a  contingent  deferred  sales charge  will  be  deducted  from the
Accumulated Value of the Contract  if the Annuity Date  occurs at any time  when
the  surrender charge would still apply had the Contract been surrendered on the
Annuity Date. (See  discussion of PERIOD  CERTAIN VARIABLE ANNUITY  under "I  --
Description of Variable Annuity Options."
 
    No  contingent deferred sales charge is imposed at the time of annuitization
in any Contract year  under an option  involving a life  contingency or for  any
non-commutable  period certain  option for 10  years or more.  However, a Market
Value Adjustment may apply. See "Guarantee Period Accounts."
 
    If an owner  of a fixed  annuity Contract  issued by the  Company wishes  to
elect  a variable annuity option, the Company may permit such owner to exchange,
at the time of annuitization, the fixed Contract for a Contract offered in  this
Prospectus.  The proceeds of  the fixed Contract,  minus any contingent deferred
sales charge applicable under the fixed  Contract if a period certain option  is
chosen,  will  be applied  towards the  variable annuity  option desired  by the
owner. The number of Annuity Units under the option will be calculated using the
Annuity Unit values as of the 15th of the month preceding the Annuity Date.
 
F.  TRANSFER CHARGE.
 
    The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The  Company
guarantees  that the first twelve  transfers in a Contract  Year will be free of
transfer charge, but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never  to
exceed $25, for each subsequent transfer in a Contract Year.
 
    The  Contract Owner may  have automatic transfers  of at least  $100 a month
made on a periodic basis (a) to one  or more of the Sub-Accounts from the  Fixed
Account  or from the Sub-Accounts which invest  in the Money Market Portfolio or
the Government Securities Portfolio or (b)  in order to reallocate or  rebalance
Contract  Value among  the Sub-Accounts.  The first  automatic transfer  and all
subsequent transfers of  that request  in the same  contract year  count as  one
transfer  towards the  twelve transfers  which are  guaranteed to  be free  of a
transfer charge in each contract year.  For more information, see "The  Contract
Transfer Privilege."
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
 
    The  Contracts  are designed  for use  in connection  with several  types of
retirement plans as  well as for  sale to individuals.  Participants under  such
plans,  as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants, and beneficiaries, are cautioned
that the  rights of  any person  to any  benefits under  such Contracts  may  be
subject  to the terms and conditions of  the plans themselves, regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Contracts.
 
    The Contracts  offered by  this  Prospectus may  be purchased  from  certain
independent  broker-dealers, including representatives of Allmerica Investments,
Inc., the  Principal  Underwriter  which are  registered  under  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 and are members  of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
 
    Contract Owners  may  direct any  inquiries  to Annuity  Customer  Services,
Allmerica  Financial  Life Insurance  and Annuity  Company, 440  Lincoln Street,
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653 800-782-8380.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
A.  PAYMENTS.
 
    The  Company's  underwriting  requirements,  which  include  receipt  of the
initial payment  and allocation  instructions by  the Company  at its  Principal
Office, must be met before a Contract can be issued. These requirements may also
include  the proper completion of an  application; however, where permitted, the
Company may issue a  contract without completion of  an application for  certain
classes  of annuity contracts. Payments are to be made payable to the Company. A
net payment is equal to the payment  received less the amount of any  applicable
premium tax.
 
    The initial net payment will be credited to the Contract as of the date that
all  issue  requirements are  properly met.  If all  issue requirements  are not
complied with within five business days of the Company's receipt of the  initial
payment,  the payment will be returned unless the Owner specifically consents to
the holding of  the initial payment  until completion of  any outstanding  issue
requirements.  Subsequent payments  will be  credited as  of the  Valuation Date
received at the Principal Office.
 
    Payments are not limited as to  frequency and number, but there are  certain
limitations  as  to amount.  Currently,  the initial  payment  must be  at least
$2,000. Under a salary deduction or monthly automatic payment plan, the  minimum
initial  payment is $167. In all cases, each subsequent payment must be at least
$100.  Where   the   contribution   on   behalf  of   an   employee   under   an
employer-sponsored  retirement  plan  is  less  than  $600  but  more  than $300
annually, the  Company may  issue a  contract  on the  employee, if  the  plan's
average  annual contribution per eligible plan participant is at least $600. The
minimum allocation to a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than  $1,000
is  allocated to a Guarantee  Period Account, the Company  reserves the right to
apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio.
 
   
    Generally, unless otherwise requested, all payments will be allocated  among
the  accounts in the same proportion that  the initial net payment is allocated,
or,  if  subsequently   changed,  according  to   the  most  recent   allocation
instructions.  However, to the extent permitted by state law, if the contract is
issued as an IRA  or is issued in  Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Michigan,  Missouri,
North  Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon,  South Carolina, Texas,  Utah, Washington and
West Virginia, any  portion of  the initial net  payment and  of additional  net
payments received during the contracts's first 15 days measured from the date of
issue, allocated to any Sub-Account and/or any Guarantee Period Account, will be
held  in the  Money Market Portfolio  until the  end of the  fifteen day period.
Thereafter, these amounts will be allocated as requested.
    
 
    The Contract  Owner  may change  allocation  instructions for  new  payments
pursuant to a written or telephone request. If telephone requests are elected by
the  Contract Owner, a  properly completed authorization must  be on file before
telephone requests will  be honored.  The Company  will not  be responsible  for
losses  resulting from acting upon telephone  requests reasonably believed to be
genuine.  The  Company  will  employ  reasonable  procedures  to  confirm   that
instructions  communicated by telephone are  genuine; otherwise, the Company may
be liable for  any losses due  to unauthorized or  fraudulent instructions.  The
procedures  the Company follows for  transactions initiated by telephone include
requirements that callers on behalf of  a Contract Owner identify themselves  by
name  and identify  the Annuitant  by name,  date of  birth and  social security
number. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape recorded.
 
B.  TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.
 
    At any time  prior to the  Annuity Date  a Contract Owner  may have  amounts
transferred  among  all  accounts.  Transfer  values  will  be  effected  at the
Accumulation Value  next  computed after  receipt  of the  transfer  order.  The
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
Company  will  make  transfers pursuant  to  written or  telephone  requests. As
discussed in "A. Payments," a properly  completed authorization form must be  on
file  before telephone  requests will be  honored. In  Oregon and Massachusetts,
payments and transfers to the Fixed Account are subject to certain restrictions.
See Appendix A.
    
 
    Transfers to a  Guarantee Period  Account must be  at least  $1,000. If  the
amount  to be transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is less than $1,000, the
Company may transfer that amount to  the Sub-Account which invests in the  Money
Market Portfolio.
   
C.  DOLLAR COST AVERAGING AND AUTOMATIC REBALANCING OPTIONS.
    
 
   
    The  Contract Owner may  have automatic transfers  of at least  $100 a month
made on a periodic  basis (a) from  the Sub-Accounts which  invest in the  Money
Market  Portfolio  or  the Government  Securities  Portfolio or  from  the Fixed
Account to one or  more of the other  Sub-Accounts ("Dollar Cost Averaging")  or
(b)  in order to  reallocate or rebalance Contract  Value among the Sub-Accounts
("Automatic  Rebalancing  Option").  The   first  automatic  transfer  and   all
subsequent  transfers of  that request  in the same  contract year  count as one
transfer towards  the twelve  transfers which  are guaranteed  to be  free of  a
transfer in each contract year.
    
 
   
    Currently,  the Company makes no charge for transfers. The first twelve (12)
transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed  to be free of any charge. For  each
subsequent  transfer in a Contract year the Company reserves the right to assess
a charge, guaranteed never  to exceed $25,  to reimburse it  for the expense  of
processing  transfers.  The  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Option  and  the Automatic
Rebalancing Option may not be in effect at the same time.
    
 
   
D.  SURRENDER.
    
 
   
    At any time prior to  the Annuity Date, a  Contract Owner may surrender  the
Contract and receive its Accumulated Value, less applicable charges and adjusted
for  any Market Value  Adjustment ("Surrender Amount").  The Contract Owner must
return the Contract and a signed, written request for surrender, satisfactory to
the Company,  to the  Company's  Principal Office.  The  amount payable  to  the
Contract  Owner upon surrender will be based on the Contract's Accumulated Value
as of the Valuation Date on which  the request and the Contract are received  at
the Company's Principal Office.
    
 
    Before  the Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be deducted
when a Contract is  surrendered if payments have  been credited to the  Contract
during  the  last six  full contract  years. See  "CHARGES AND  DEDUCTIONS." The
Contract Fee will be deducted upon surrender of the Contract.
 
    After the Annuity Date,  only Contracts under  which future annuity  benefit
payments  are limited to a specified period  (as specified in the Period Certain
Annuity Option ) may be surrendered. The Surrender Amount is the commuted  value
of  any unpaid installments, computed on the  basis of the assumed interest rate
incorporated in  such annuity  benefit payments.  No contingent  deferred  sales
charge is imposed after the Annuity Date.
 
    Any  amount surrendered is normally payable  within seven days following the
Company's receipt of the  surrender request. The Company  reserves the right  to
defer  surrenders and withdrawals  of amounts in each  Sub-Account in any period
during which  (1)  trading on  the  New York  Stock  Exchange is  restricted  as
determined  by the SEC  or such Exchange  is closed for  other than weekends and
holidays, (2)  the  SEC  has by  order  permitted  such suspension,  or  (3)  an
emergency,  as determined  by the  SEC, exists  such that  disposal of portfolio
securities or valuation  of assets of  each separate account  is not  reasonably
practicable.
 
    The  right is reserved by the Company to defer surrenders and withdrawals of
amounts allocated to the Company's  Fixed Account and Guarantee Period  Accounts
for a period not to exceed six months.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The  surrender rights of Contract Owners  who are participants under Section
403(b) plans or who  are participants in the  Texas Optional Retirement  Program
(Texas  ORP) are restricted; see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "I. Public School
Systems and Certain Tax Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional  Retirement
Program."
 
    For important tax consequences which may result from surrender, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
   
E.  WITHDRAWALS.
    
 
   
    At  any time  prior to  the Annuity  Date, a  Contract Owner  may withdraw a
portion of the Accumulated Value of his  or her Contract, subject to the  limits
stated  below.  The  Contract Owner  must  file  a signed,  written  request for
withdrawals, satisfactory to the Company, at the Company's Principal Office. The
written request must  indicate the dollar  amount the Contract  Owner wishes  to
receive and the accounts from which such amount is to be withdrawn. The contract
value  following the  withdrawal will reflect  an amount withdrawn  equal to the
amount requested by the Contract  Owner plus any applicable contingent  deferred
sales  charge, as described under "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS." In addition, amounts
withdrawn from a  Guarantee Period Account  prior to the  end of the  applicable
Guarantee  Period will  be subject  to a  Market Value  Adjustment, as described
under "GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS."
    
 
    Where allocations have been made to  more than one account, a percentage  of
the  withdrawal  may be  allocated to  each  such account.  A withdrawal  from a
Sub-Account will result in cancellation of a number of units equivalent in value
to the amount withdrawn, computed as of  the Valuation Date that the request  is
received at the Company's principal office.
 
    Each  withdrawal must be in a minimum  amount of $100. No withdrawal will be
permitted if the Accumulated Value remaining under the Contract would be reduced
to less  than $1,000.  Withdrawals will  be  paid in  accordance with  the  time
limitations described under "Surrender."
 
    After  the Annuity Date, only Contracts  under which future variable annuity
benefit payments  are  limited  to  a  specified  period  may  be  withdrawn.  A
withdrawal  after the Annuity  Date will result  in cancellation of  a number of
Annuity Units equivalent in value to the amount withdrawn.
 
    For important restrictions on withdrawals  which are applicable to  Contract
Owners  who are participants under Section 403(b)  plans or under the Texas ORP,
see "FEDERAL  TAX CONSIDERATIONS,"  "I. Public  School Systems  and Certain  Tax
Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional Retirement Program."
 
    For  important  tax  consequences  which may  result  from  withdrawals, see
"FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
   
F.  DEATH BENEFIT.
    
 
    If the Annuitant dies (or a Contract Owner predeceases the Annuitant)  prior
to  the Annuity Date  while the Contract is  in force, the  Company will pay the
Beneficiary a Death Benefit, except where the Contract continues as provided  in
"F. THE SPOUSE OF THE CONTRACT OWNER AS BENEFICIARY."
 
    STANDARD  DEATH BENEFIT. Upon death of the Annuitant (including an Owner who
is also the Annuitant), the standard Death Benefit is equal to the greater of
 
    (a) the Accumulated  Value under  the Contract  increased for  any  positive
        Market Value Adjustment, or
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    (b) the  sum  of  the  gross  payments  reduced  proportionately  to reflect
        withdrawals.  For  each  withdrawal,  the  proportionate  reduction   is
        calculated  as the Death Benefit under  this option immediately prior to
        the withdrawal multiplied by  the withdrawal amount  and divided by  the
        Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
 
    ENHANCED  DEATH BENEFIT RIDER. At the  time of application for the Contract,
the Contract Owner may elect an optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. Under the
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, if the annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the
Death Benefit will be the greatest of
 
    (a) the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment;
        or
 
    (b) gross payments accumulated daily  at an annual rate  of 5%, starting  on
        the  Valuation Date of each  payment, reduced proportionately to reflect
        withdrawals.  For  each  withdrawal,  the  proportionate  reduction   is
        calculated  as the Death Benefit under  this option immediately prior to
        the withdrawal multiplied by  the withdrawal amount  and divided by  the
        Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; or
 
    (c) the  Death  Benefit that  would  have been  payable  on the  most recent
        contract anniversary, increased for  subsequent payments, and  decreased
        proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
    A  separate charge is made for an  optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. On
the last day of  each month and on  the date the Rider  is terminated, a  charge
equal to 1/12th of an annual rate of 0.25% is made against the Accumulated Value
of  the Contract at that  time. The charge is  made through a pro-rata reduction
(based on relative values) of Accumulation Units in the Sub-Accounts, of  dollar
amounts  in the  Fixed Account,  and of dollar  amounts in  the Guarantee Period
Accounts.
 
    Under either Death Benefit, if an Owner  who is not also the Annuitant  dies
before  the  Annuity  Date, the  Death  Benefit  will be  the  Accumulated Value
increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment. The Death Benefit will  never
be reduced by a negative Market Value Adjustment.
 
    PAYMENT  OF DEATH BENEFIT. The  Death Benefit will generally  be paid to the
Beneficiary in one sum within 7 days of the receipt of due proof of death unless
the Owner has specified a Death Benefit annuity option. Instead, the Beneficiary
may, by Written Request, elect to:
 
    (a) defer distribution of  the Death  Benefit for a  period no  more than  5
        years from the date of death; or
 
    (b) receive  a life annuity or an annuity for a period certain not extending
        beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy. Annuity benefit payments  must
        begin within one year from the date of death.
 
    If distribution of the Death Benefit is deferred under (a) or (b), any value
in  the  Guarantee  Period  Accounts  will  be  transferred  to  the Sub-Account
investing in  the Money  Market Portfolio.  The  excess, if  any, of  the  Death
Benefit  over  the Accumulated  Value will  also  be added  to the  Money Market
Portfolio. The  Beneficiary  may,  by  Written  Request,  effect  transfers  and
withdrawals during the deferral period and prior to annuitization under (b), but
may  not  make additional  payments. If  there  are multiple  Beneficiaries, the
consent of all is required.
 
    If the Annuitant's death occurs on or after the Annuity Date but before  the
completion  of all  guaranteed annuity benefit  payments, any  unpaid amounts or
installments will be paid to the Beneficiary. The Company must pay the remaining
payments at least as rapidly as under  the payment option in effect on the  date
of the Annuitant's death.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    With  respect to any Death Benefit, the Accumulated Value under the Contract
will be  based  on  the  unit  values next  computed  after  due  proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death has been  received at the Company's  Principal Office. If the
beneficiary elects to receive  the Death Benefit in  one sum, the Death  Benefit
will  be paid within seven business days.  If the beneficiary has not elected an
annuity option within one year from the date notice of death is received by  the
Company,  the Company will pay  the Death Benefit in  one sum. The Death Benefit
will reflect  any earnings  or  losses experienced  during  the period  and  any
withdrawals.
 
   
G.  THE SPOUSE OF THE CONTRACT OWNER AS BENEFICIARY.
    
 
    The  Contract Owner's spouse, if named  as the sole primary beneficiary, may
by written request continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the amount payable
upon death of the Contract Owner. Upon such election, the spouse will become the
Owner and Annuitant  subject to the  following: (a) any  value in the  Guarantee
Period  Accounts will  be transferred to  the Money Market  Sub-Account; (b) the
excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the Contract's Accumulated Value  will
also  be added to the Money Market Sub-Account. Additional payments may be made;
however, a surrender charge  will apply to these  amounts. All other rights  and
benefits  provided in  the Contract  will continue,  except that  any subsequent
spouse of such new Contract Owner will not be entitled to continue the  Contract
upon such new Owner's death.
 
   
H.  ASSIGNMENT.
    
 
    The  Contracts, other than  those sold in  connection with certain qualified
plans, may be assigned by  the Contract Owner at any  time prior to the  Annuity
Date  and while the  Annuitant is alive (see  "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"). The
Company will not be deemed to have knowledge of an assignment unless it is  made
in  writing  and filed  at the  Principal  Office. The  Company will  not assume
responsibility for determining the validity of any assignment. If an  assignment
of the Contract is in effect on the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right
to  pay to the assignee, in one sum,  that portion of the Surrender Value of the
Contract to which the assignee appears to be entitled. The Company will pay  the
balance,  if any,  in one sum  to the Contract  Owner in full  settlement of all
liability under the  Contract. The  interest of the  Contract Owner  and of  any
beneficiary will be subject to any assignment.
 
   
I.  ELECTING THE FORM OF ANNUITY AND THE ANNUITY DATE.
    
 
    Subject  to certain restrictions described below, the Contract Owner has the
right (1) to select the annuity option under which annuity benefit payments  are
to  be made, and  (2) to determine  whether payments are  to be made  on a fixed
basis, a variable  basis, or  a combination  fixed and  variable basis.  Annuity
benefit payments are determined according to the annuity tables in the Contract,
by  the  annuity  option selected,  and  by  the investment  performance  of the
Account(s) selected.
 
    To the extent a fixed annuity payout is selected, Accumulated Value will  be
transferred  to  the  Fixed Account  of  the  Company, and  the  annuity benefit
payments will be fixed  in amount. See APPENDIX  A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT  THE
FIXED ACCOUNT."
 
    Under  a variable annuity, a payment equal  to the value of the fixed number
of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account(s) is made monthly, quarterly,  semiannually
or  annually. Since the value  of an Annuity Unit  in a Sub-Account will reflect
the investment  performance  of the  Sub-Account,  the amount  of  each  annuity
benefit payment will vary.
 
    The  annuity option selected must produce an initial payment of at least $50
(a lower amount may be required in some states). The Company reserves the  right
to  increase this  minimum amount.  If the  annuity option(s)  selected does not
produce an initial  payment which meet  this minimum, a  single payment will  be
made. Once the
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Company  begins  making  annuity  benefit payments,  the  Annuitant  cannot make
withdrawals or surrender the  annuity benefit, except in  the case where  future
annuity  benefit payments are limited to  a "period certain." Only beneficiaries
entitled to receive  remaining payments  for a  "'period certain"  may elect  to
instead receive a lump sum settlement.
 
    The  Annuity Date is selected by the Contract Owner. To the extent permitted
in your state, the Annuity Date may be the first day of any month (a) before the
Annuitant's 85th birthday, if the  Annuitant's age at the  date of issue of  the
Contract  is 75 or under, or  (b) within 10 years from  the date of issue of the
Contract and before the Annuitant's 90th birthday, if the Annuitant's age at the
date of issue is between 76 and 90.  The Contract Owner may elect to change  the
Annuity Date by sending a request to the Company's Principal Office at least one
month before the new Annuity date. The new Annuity Date must be the first day of
any  month occurring before the Annuitant's 90th birthday and must be within the
life expectancy  of  the  Annuitant.  The  Company  shall  determine  such  life
expectancy  at the  time a  change in  Annuity Date  is requested.  The Internal
Revenue Code and the terms of qualified  plans impose limitations on the age  at
which  annuity  benefit payments  may commence  and the  type of  annuity option
selected. See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS" for further information.
 
    If the Contract Owner does not elect otherwise, a variable life annuity with
periodic payments for 10 years guaranteed  will be purchased. Changes in  either
the  Annuity Date or  annuity option can  be made up  to one month  prior to the
Annuity Date.
 
   
J.  DESCRIPTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS.
    
 
   
    The  Company  provides  the   variable  annuity  options  described   below.
Currently,  Variable  annuity options  may  be funded  through  the Sub-Accounts
investing in the Investment Grade Bond, Value+Growth, Horizon 10+ and Horizon  5
Portfolios.  The Company  also provides  these same  options funded  through the
Fixed Account (fixed-amount  annuity option).  Regardless of  how payments  were
allocated during the accumulation period, any of the variable annuity options or
the fixed-amount options may be selected, or any of the variable annuity options
may  be selected  in combination with  any of the  fixed-amount annuity options.
Other annuity options may be offered by the Company.
    
 
    VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED FOR 10 YEARS. This  variable
annuity  is  payable periodically  during  the lifetime  of  the payee  with the
guarantee that if the payee should die  before all payments have been made,  the
remaining annuity benefit payments will continue to the beneficiary.
 
    VARIABLE  LIFE ANNUITY PAYABLE PERIODICALLY DURING THE LIFETIME OF THE PAYEE
ONLY. It would be possible under this  option for the Annuitant to receive  only
one  annuity benefit payment if the Annuitant dies  prior to the due date of the
second annuity benefit payment,  two annuity benefit  payments if the  Annuitant
dies  before  the due  date of  the third  annuity benefit  payment, and  so on.
However, payments will continue during the lifetime of the payee, no matter  how
long the payee lives.
 
    UNIT  REFUND VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. This  is an annuity payable periodically
during the lifetime of the payee with the guarantee that if (1) exceeds (2) then
periodic variable  annuity benefit  payments will  continue to  the  beneficiary
until the number of such payments equals the number determined in (1).
 
    Where:    (1)  is the dollar amount of  the Accumulated Value divided by the
              dollar amount of the first payment, and
 
              (2) is  the number  of payments  paid prior  to the  death of  the
              payee,
 
    JOINT AND SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY -- This variable annuity is payable
jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues thereafter
during   the   lifetime   of  the   survivor.   The  amount   of   each  payment
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
to the survivor  is based  on the  same number  of Annuity  Units which  applied
during  the joint lifetime of  the two payees. One of  the payees must be either
the person designated as the Annuitant in the Contract or the beneficiary. There
is no minimum number of payments under this option.
 
    JOINT AND TWO-THIRDS SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY -- This variable annuity
is payable jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues
thereafter during the  lifetime of  the survivor.  However, the  amount of  each
periodic  payment to  the survivor  is based  upon two-thirds  of the  number of
Annuity Units which applied during the joint lifetime of the two payees. One  of
the payees must be the person designated as the Annuitant in the Contract or the
beneficiary. There is no minimum number of payments under this option.
 
    PERIOD  CERTAIN  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  -- This  variable  annuity  has periodic
payments for  a stipulated  number of  years ranging  from one  to thirty.  This
option  may be commutable,  that is, the  payee reserves the  right to receive a
lump sum in place of installments, or it becomes non-commutable. The payee  must
reserve this right at the time benefits begin.
 
    It  should be noted that  the Period Certain Option  does not involve a life
contingency. In the computation  of the payments under  this option, the  charge
for  annuity rate  guarantees, which includes  a factor for  mortality risks, is
made. Although  not  contractually required  to  do so,  the  Company  currently
follows  a practice  of permitting persons  receiving payments  under the Period
Certain Option  to elect  to convert  to  a variable  annuity involving  a  life
contingency.  The Company may  discontinue or change this  practice at any time,
but not with respect  to election of the  option made prior to  the date of  any
change  in this practice.  See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"  for a discussion of
the possible adverse tax consequences of selecting a Period Certain Option.
 
   
K.  NORRIS DECISION.
    
 
    In the case  of ARIZONA  GOVERNING COMMITTEE  V. NORRIS,  the United  States
Supreme  Court ruled that, in connection with retirement benefit options offered
under certain employer-sponsored employee  benefit plans, annuity options  based
on  sex-distinct actuarial  tables are  not permissible  under Title  VII of the
Civil Rights  Act  of 1964.  The  ruling  requires that  benefits  derived  from
contributions paid into a plan after August 1, 1983 be calculated without regard
to  the sex of the employee.  Annuity benefits attributable to payments received
by the Company under a Contract issued in connection with an  employer-sponsored
benefit plan affected by the NORRIS decision will be based on the greater of (1)
the  Company's unisex  Non-Guaranteed Current  Annuity Option  Rates or  (2) the
guaranteed unisex rates described  in such Contract,  regardless of whether  the
Annuitant is male or female.
 
   
L.  COMPUTATION OF VALUES AND ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.
    
 
    THE  ACCUMULATION  UNIT. Each  net payment  is  allocated to  the account(s)
selected by the Contract Owner. Allocations to the Sub-Accounts are credited  to
the  Contract in the form of Accumulation Units. Accumulation Units are credited
separately for  each  Sub-Account. The  number  of Accumulation  Units  of  each
Sub-Account  credited to the Contract is equal to the portion of the net payment
allocated to the  Sub-Account, divided  by the  dollar value  of the  applicable
Accumulation Unit as of the Valuation Date the payment is received in good order
at  the Company's Principal  Office. The number  of Accumulation Units resulting
from each payment  will remain  fixed unless changed  by a  subsequent split  of
Accumulation  Unit value,  a transfer,  a withdrawal,  or surrender.  The dollar
value of an Accumulation Unit of each Sub-Account varies from Valuation Date  to
Valuation  Date based on the investment  experience of that Sub-Account and will
reflect the investment performance, expenses and charges of its Portfolios.  The
value  of an Accumulation Unit was set at  $1.00 on the first Valuation Date for
each Sub-Account.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Allocations to  Guarantee Period  Accounts  and the  Fixed Account  are  not
converted  into  Accumulation  Units,  but  are  credited  interest  at  a  rate
periodically set by the Company. See Appendix B.
 
    The Accumulated Value under  the Contract is  determined by (1)  multiplying
the  number  of  Accumulation Units  in  each  Sub-Account by  the  value  of an
Accumulation Unit of  that Sub-Account  on the  Valuation Date,  (2) adding  the
products,  and (3) adding the  amount of the accumulations  in the Fixed Account
and Guarantee Period Accounts, if any.
 
    NET INVESTMENT FACTOR. The Net Investment  Factor is an index that  measures
the  investment performance  of a Sub-Account  from one Valuation  Period to the
next. This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the result from dividing (a) by  (b)
and subtracting (c) and (d) where:
 
        (a) is  the investment income of a Sub-Account for the Valuation Period,
            including realized or unrealized capital gains and losses during the
            Valuation Period, adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if any;
 
        (b) is the value of  that Sub-Account's assets at  the beginning of  the
            Valuation Period;
 
        (c) is  a charge for  mortality and expense  risks equal to  0.95% on an
            annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account's assets, and
 
        (d) is an administrative charge of 0.15% on an annual basis of the daily
            value of the Sub-Account's assets.
 
    The dollar value of  an Accumulation Unit  as of a  given Valuation Date  is
determined  by multiplying  the dollar  value of  the corresponding Accumulation
Unit as  of the  immediately preceding  Valuation Date  by the  appropriate  net
investment factor.
 
   
    For  an illustration of  Accumulation Unit calculation  using a hypothetical
example see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
    
 
    THE ANNUITY  UNIT. On  and after  the Annuity  Date the  Annuity Unit  is  a
measure of the value of the Annuitant's monthly annuity benefit payments under a
variable  annuity  option. The  value  of an  Annuity  Unit in  each Sub-Account
initially was set at $1.00. The value of an Annuity Unit under a Sub-Account  on
any  Valuation  Date  thereafter is  equal  to the  value  of such  unit  on the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, multiplied by  the product of (1) the  net
investment  factor of the Sub-Account for the current Valuation Period and (2) a
factor to adjust benefits to neutralize  the assumed interest rate. The  assumed
interest  rate, discussed below, is incorporated in the variable annuity options
offered in the Contract.
 
   
    DETERMINATION OF  THE FIRST  AND SUBSEQUENT  ANNUITY BENEFIT  PAYMENTS.  The
first periodic annuity benefit payment is based upon the Accumulated Value as of
a  date  not more  than four  weeks preceding  the date  that the  first annuity
benefit payment is due. Variable annuity  benefit payments are due on the  first
of  a month, which is the  date the payment is to  be received by the annuitant,
and are currently  based on  unit values  as of the  15th day  of the  preceding
month.
    
 
    The Contract provides annuity rates which determine the dollar amount of the
first  periodic payment under  each form of  annuity for each  $1,000 of applied
value. For Life Option  and Noncommutable Period Certain  Options of 10 or  more
years,  the annuity value  is the Accumulated  Value less any  premium taxes and
adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment. For commutable period certain  options
or  any period certain option  less than 10 years,  the value is surrender value
less any premium tax. For a Death Benefit annuity, the annuity value will be the
amount of the Death Benefit.  The annuity rates in the  Contract are based on  a
modification of the 1983(a) Individual Mortality Table.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
   
    The  amount of the  first monthly payment  depends upon the  form of annuity
selected, the sex (however, see "K.  NORRIS Decision") and age of the  Annuitant
and  the value  of the  amount applied  under the  annuity option.  The variable
annuity options offered by the  Company are based on  a 3 1/2% assumed  interest
rate.  Variable  payments are  affected  by the  assumed  interest rate  used in
calculating the annuity  option rates.  Variable annuity  benefit payments  will
increase   over  periods   when  the  actual   net  investment   result  of  the
Sub-Account(s) funding  the  annuity  exceeds  the  equivalent  of  the  assumed
interest  rate for the  period. Variable annuity  benefit payments will decrease
over periods when the actual net investment result of the respective Sub-Account
is less than the equivalent of the assumed interest rate for the period.
    
 
    The dollar amount of the first  periodic annuity benefit payment under  life
annuity options and non-commutable period certain options of 10 years or more is
determined  by multiplying (1)  the Accumulated Value  applied under that option
(after application of any Market Value Adjustment and less premium tax, if  any)
divided by $1,000, by (2) the applicable amount of the first monthly payment per
$1,000  of value. For  commutable period certain options  and any period certain
option of less than 10 years, the Surrender Value less premium taxes, if any, is
used rather than the Accumulated Value. The dollar amount of the first  variable
annuity  benefit payment is then divided by the  value of an Annuity Unit of the
selected Sub-Account(s) to determine the number of Annuity Units represented  by
the  first payment. This number of Annuity Units remains fixed under all annuity
options except  the  joint and  two-thirds  survivor annuity  option.  For  each
subsequent payment, the dollar amount of the variable annuity benefit payment is
determined  by multiplying this fixed number of Annuity Units by the value of an
Annuity unit on the applicable Valuation Date.
 
    After the first benefit payment, the dollar amount of each periodic variable
annuity benefit payment will vary with subsequent variations in the value of the
Annuity Unit of  the selected Sub-Account(s).  The dollar amount  of each  fixed
amount  annuity benefit payment is  fixed and will not  change, except under the
joint and two-thirds survivor annuity option.
 
    The Company may from time to time  offer its Contract Owners both fixed  and
variable  annuity rates more favorable than those contained in the Contract. Any
such rates will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners of the same class.
 
   
    For an illustration of variable annuity benefit payment calculation using  a
hypothetical example, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
    
 
                           GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS
 
    Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests  in the Guarantee Period Accounts  and the Company's Fixed Account are
not registered as an investment company  under the provisions of the  Securities
Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, the staff of the
Commission  has not reviewed the disclosures  in this Prospectus relating to the
Guarantee Period  Accounts  or  the  Fixed  Account.  Nevertheless,  disclosures
regarding  the Guarantee Period  Accounts and the Fixed  Account of this annuity
Contract or any  benefits offered  under these accounts  may be  subject to  the
provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  relating  to  the  accuracy  and
completeness of statements made in the Prospectus.
 
    INVESTMENT  OPTIONS.  In  most  jurisdictions,  there  are  currently   nine
Guarantee  Periods available under  this Contract with  durations of two, three,
four, five, six, seven, eight, nine and ten years. Each Guarantee Period Account
established for the Contract Owner is accounted for separately in a non-unitized
segregated account. Each Guarantee Period Account provides for the  accumulation
of  interest  at a  Guaranteed Interest  Rate. The  Guaranteed Interest  Rate on
amounts allocated or  transferred to  a Guarantee Period  Account is  determined
from
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
time-to-time  by the Company in accordance with market conditions; however, once
an interest rate is in  effect for a Guarantee  Period Account, the Company  may
not  change it during the duration of the Guarantee Period. In no event will the
Guaranteed Interest Rate be less than 3%.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, the  Company reserves the right at any  time
to  offer Guarantee  Periods with  durations that  differ from  those which were
available when  a  Contract was  initially  issued  and to  stop  accepting  new
allocations, transfers or renewals to a particular Guarantee Period.
 
    Contract  Owners may allocate net payments or make transfers from any of the
Sub-Accounts, the  Fixed Account  or  an existing  Guarantee Period  Account  to
establish  a new Guarantee Period Account at any time prior to the Annuity Date.
(In Oregon and Massachusetts,  payments and transfers to  the Fixed Account  are
subject  to certain  restrictions. See Appendix  A.) Transfers  from a Guarantee
Period Account on any  date other than  on the day  following the expiration  of
that  Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Company
establishes a separate investment account each time the Contract Owner allocates
or transfers amounts to a Guarantee Period Account except that amounts allocated
to the same Guarantee Period  on the same day will  be treated as one  Guarantee
Period  Account.  The minimum  that may  be allocated  to establish  a Guarantee
Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000 is allocated, the Company reserves
the right to apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio. The Contract Owner
may allocate amounts to any of the Guarantee Periods available.
 
   
    At least 45 days, but not more than 75 days prior to the end of a  Guarantee
Period,  the Company will notify the Contract Owner in writing of the expiration
of that  Guarantee Period.  At  the end  of a  Guarantee  Period the  Owner  may
transfer  amounts  to the  Sub-Accounts, the  Fixed Account  or establish  a new
Guarantee Period Account of any duration  then offered by the Company without  a
Market  Value Adjustment. If  reallocation instructions are  not received at the
Principal Office before the end of a Guarantee Period, the account value will be
automatically applied to a new Guarantee  Period Account with the same  duration
unless  (1) less than $1,000 would remain in the Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration date, or  (2) unless  the Guarantee  Period would  extend beyond  the
Annuity  Date or  is no  longer available. In  such cases,  the Guarantee Period
Account value will be transferred to  the Money Market Portfolio. Where  amounts
have  been automatically renewed in a new  Guarantee Period, it is the Company's
current practice to give the Owner an additional 30 days to transfer out of  the
Guarantee Period Account without application of a Market Value Adjustment.
    
 
    MARKET  VALUE  ADJUSTMENT. No  Market Value  Adjustment  will be  applied to
transfers, withdrawals, or a  surrender from a Guarantee  Period Account on  the
expiration  of  its  Guarantee Period.  In  addition, no  negative  Market Value
Adjustment will be applied to a  Death Benefit although a positive Market  Value
Adjustment,  if any, will be applied to  increase the value of the Death Benefit
when based on the  Contract's Accumulated Value. See  "Death Benefit". A  Market
Value Adjustment will apply to all other transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender.
Amounts  applied  under  an  annuity  option  are  treated  as  withdrawals when
calculating the Market  Value Adjustment.  The Market Value  Adjustment will  be
determined  by multiplying the  amount taken from  each Guarantee Period Account
before deduction of any Surrender Charge by the market value factor. The  market
value factor for each Guarantee Period Account is equal to:
 
   
                             [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365 -1
    
 
where:
 
        i is  the Guaranteed Interest Rate expressed  as a decimal (for example:
          3% = 0.03) being credited to the current Guarantee Period;
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
        j is the new  Guaranteed Interest Rate,  expressed as a  decimal, for  a
          Guarantee  Period  with  a  duration  equal  to  the  number  of years
          remaining in the current Guarantee Period, rounded to the next  higher
          number of whole years. If that rate is not available, the Company will
          use  a suitable rate or index  allowed by the Department of Insurance;
          and
 
        n is the number of days remaining  from the Effective Valuation Date  to
          the end of the current Guarantee Period.
 
    If  the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  being  credited  is lower  than  the new
Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,  the  Market  Value  Adjustment  will  decrease  the
Guarantee Period Account value. Similarly, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate being
credited  is  higher than  the new  Guaranteed Interest  Rate, the  Market Value
Adjustment will increase the  Guarantee Period Account  value. The Market  Value
Adjustment  will never result  in a change  to the value  more than the interest
earned in excess  of the  Minimum Guarantee  Period Account  Interest Rate  (see
Specifications  page)  compounded annually  from  the beginning  of  the current
Guarantee Period. For  examples of how  the Market Value  Adjustment works,  See
Appendix B.
 
   
    PROGRAM  TO  PROTECT  PRINCIPAL  AND PROVIDE  GROWTH  POTENTIAL.  Under this
feature, the Owner elects a Guarantee  Period and one or more Sub-Accounts.  The
Company  will then compute  the proportion of  the initial payment  that must be
allocated  to  the   Guarantee  Period  selected,   assuming  no  transfers   or
withdrawals,  in order to ensure that on the last day of the Guarantee Period it
will equal the amount  of the entire initial  payment. The required amount  will
then  be allocated to the pre-selected  Guarantee Period Account and the balance
of the initial  payment will  be allocated  among the  other investment  options
selected by the Owner as described in "A. Payments."
    
 
    WITHDRAWALS.  Prior  to  the  Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Owner  may make
withdrawals of amounts held in  the Guarantee Period Accounts. Withdrawals  from
these  accounts will be made in the same manner and be subject to the same rules
as set forth  under "Withdrawals"  and "Surrender." In  addition, the  following
provisions  also  apply to  withdrawals from  a Guarantee  Period Account:  a) a
Market Value Adjustment  will apply  to all  withdrawals, including  Withdrawals
without Surrender Charge, unless made at the end of the Guarantee Period; and b)
the  Company reserves the  right to defer  payments of amounts  withdrawn from a
Guarantee Period Account  for up to  six months  from the date  it receives  the
withdrawal  request.  If deferred  for 30  days  or more,  the Company  will pay
interest on the amount deferred at a rate of at least 3%.
 
    In the event that  a Market Value  Adjustment applies to  a withdrawal of  a
portion of the value of a Guarantee Period Account, it will be calculated on the
amount  requested and deducted or added to the amount remaining in the Guarantee
Period Account. If the entire amount in a Guarantee Period Account is requested,
the adjustment will  be made  to the amount  payable. If  a Contingent  Deferred
Sales Charge applies to the withdrawal, it will be calculated as set forth under
"Contingent  Deferred  Sales  Charge"  after  application  of  the  Market Value
Adjustment.
 
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The effect  of  federal  income  taxes  on  the  value  of  a  Contract,  on
withdrawals  or surrenders,  on annuity  benefit payments,  and on  the economic
benefit to the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or beneficiary depends upon a  variety
of  factors. The following discussion is  based upon the Company's understanding
of current federal income  tax laws as  they are interpreted as  of the date  of
this   Prospectus.  No  representation  is  made  regarding  the  likelihood  of
continuation of current federal income tax laws or of current interpretations by
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    IT SHOULD BE RECOGNIZED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL INCOME  TAX
ASPECTS  OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE,
DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER  ALL SITUATIONS AND IS NOT  INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE.  A
QUALIFIED  TAX ADVISER SHOULD ALWAYS BE CONSULTED WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION
OF LAW TO INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
    The Company  intends to  make a  charge  for any  effect which  the  income,
assets,  or existence of the Contracts, the Variable Account or the Sub-Accounts
may have upon its tax. The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax, but
the Company reserves the right to assess a charge for taxes should the  Variable
Account at any time become subject to tax. Any charge for taxes will be assessed
on  a fair  and equitable  basis in  order to  preserve equity  among classes of
Contract Owners  and  with respect  to  each  separate account  as  though  that
separate account were a separate taxable entity.
 
    The  Variable Account is considered a part  of and taxed with the operations
of the  Company.  The  Company  is  taxed as  a  life  insurance  company  under
subchapter  L of  the Internal  Revenue Code (the  "Code"). The  Company files a
consolidated tax return with its affiliates.
 
    The  Internal  Revenue  Service  has  issued  regulations  relating  to  the
diversification  requirements for  variable annuity and  variable life insurance
contracts under Section  817(h) of the  Code. The regulations  provide that  the
investments of a segregated asset account underlying a variable annuity contract
are  adequately diversified if  no more than 55%  of the value  of its assets is
represented by any one investment, no more  than 70% by any two investments,  no
more  than  80% by  any three  investments, and  no  more than  90% by  any four
investments. If the investments are not adequately diversified, the income on  a
contract,  for  any taxable  year of  the  Contract Owner,  would be  treated as
ordinary income received  or accrued by  the Contract Owner.  It is  anticipated
that the Portfolios will comply with the diversification requirements.
 
A.  QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS.
 
    From  a  federal  tax viewpoint  there  are  two types  of  variable annuity
Contracts, "qualified"  Contracts  and "non-qualified"  Contracts.  A  qualified
Contract  is one that  is purchased in  connection with a  retirement plan which
meets the requirements of Sections  401, 403, 408, or 457  of the Code, while  a
non-qualified  Contract is one that  is not purchased in  connection with one of
the indicated retirement  plans. The  tax treatment for  certain withdrawals  or
surrenders  will  vary  according to  whether  they  are made  from  a qualified
Contract or a non-qualified Contract. For more information on the tax provisions
applicable to qualified Contracts, see Sections D through J, below.
 
B.  TAXATION OF THE CONTRACTS IN GENERAL.
 
    The Company believes that the  Contracts described in this Prospectus  will,
with  certain exceptions  (see K below),  be considered  annuity contracts under
Section 72 of the Code. This section provides for the taxation of annuities. The
following  discussion  concerns  annuities   subject  to  Section  72.   Section
72(e)(11)(A)(ii)  requires  that  all non-qualified  deferred  annuity contracts
issued by the same insurance company to the same Contract Owner during the  same
calendar   year  be  treated  as  a   single  contract  in  determining  taxable
distributions under Section 72(e).
 
    With certain  exceptions,  any increase  in  the Accumulated  Value  of  the
Contract  is not taxable  to the Contract  Owner until it  is withdrawn from the
Contract. If the Contract is surrendered  or amounts are withdrawn prior to  the
Annuity  Date, withdrawal of any investment gain in value over the cost basis of
the Contract would be taxed as ordinary income. Under the current provisions  of
the  Code, amounts received under a  non-qualified Contract prior to the Annuity
Date (including  payments made  upon  the death  of  the Annuitant  or  Contract
Owner), or as
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
non-periodic  payments after the Annuity  Date, are generally first attributable
to any investment gains credited to  the Contract over the taxpayer's basis  (if
any)  in the Contract. Such amounts will be treated as income subject to federal
income taxation.
 
    A 10% penalty tax may  be imposed on the  withdrawal of investment gains  if
the  withdrawal is made prior to age 59 1/2. The penalty tax will not be imposed
after age 59 1/2, or if the  withdrawal follows the death of the Contract  Owner
(or,  if  the Contract  Owner is  not an  individual, the  death of  the primary
Annuitant, as defined in the Code), or in the case of the "total disability" (as
defined in the Code) of  the Owner. Furthermore, under  Section 72 of the  Code,
this  penalty  tax will  not  be imposed,  irrespective  of age,  if  the amount
received is one of a series  of "substantially equal" periodic payments made  at
least annually for the life or life expectancy of the payee. This requirement is
met  when the Contract Owner elects to have distributions made over the Contract
Owner's life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of the Contract Owner
and beneficiary. The requirement that the amount be paid out as one of a  series
of  "substantially  equal" periodic  payments is  met when  the number  of units
withdrawn to make each distribution is substantially the same.
 
    In  a  Private  Letter  Ruling,  the  IRS  took  the  position  that   where
distributions from a variable annuity contract were determined by amortizing the
accumulated  value of the contract over the taxpayer's remaining life expectancy
(such as under the Contract's life expectancy distribution ("LED") option),  and
the  option could be changed or terminated at any time, the distributions failed
to qualify as  part of  a "series of  substantially equal  payments" within  the
meaning  of Section 72 of the Code.  The distributions were therefore subject to
the 10% federal penalty tax. This Private  Letter Ruling may be applicable to  a
Contract  Owner who  receives distributions  under the  LED option  prior to age
59 1/2.  Subsequent  private  letter rulings,  however,  have  treated  LED-type
withdrawal programs as effectively avoiding the 10% penalty tax. The position of
the IRS on this issue is unclear.
 
    If the Contract Owner transfers (assigns) the Contract to another individual
as  a gift prior to the Annuity Date,  the Code provides that the Contract Owner
will incur taxable income at the time of the transfer. An exception is  provided
for  certain transfers between  spouses. The amount of  taxable income upon such
taxable transfer is equal to the excess,  if any, of the Surrender Value of  the
Contract  over the Contract Owner's cost basis  at the time of the transfer. The
transfer is also  subject to  federal gift  tax provisions.  Where the  Contract
Owner  and  Annuitant are  different  persons, the  change  of ownership  of the
Contract to the Annuitant on the  Annuity Date, as required under the  Contract,
is  a gift  and will  be taxable  to the  Contract Owner  as such;  however, the
Contract Owner will not incur taxable income. Instead, the Annuitant will  incur
taxable income upon receipt of annuity benefit payments as discussed below.
 
    When  annuity benefit payments are commenced under the Contract, generally a
portion of  each payment  may  be excluded  from  gross income.  The  excludable
portion is generally determined by a formula that establishes the ratio that the
cost  basis of the Contract bears to the expected return under the Contract. The
portion of  the  payment in  excess  of this  excludable  amount is  taxable  as
ordinary  income. Once all cost  basis in the Contract  is recovered, the entire
payment is taxable.  If the  Annuitant dies before  cost basis  is recovered,  a
deduction for the difference is allowed on the Annuitant's final tax return.
 
C.  TAX WITHHOLDING AND PENALTIES.
 
    The Code requires withholding with respect to payments or distributions from
nonqualified   contracts  and  IRAs,  unless  a  taxpayer  elects  not  to  have
withholding. A 20%  withholding requirement applies  to distributions from  most
other  qualified contracts. In addition, the  Code requires reporting to the IRS
of the amount of income received  with respect to payment or distributions  from
annuities.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    In  certain situations,  the Code  provides for a  tax penalty  if, prior to
death, disability  or  attainment  of age  59  1/2,  a Contract  Owner  makes  a
withdrawal or receives any amount under the Contract, unless the distribution is
in  the form  of a life  annuity (including life  expectancy distributions). The
penalty is 10% of the amount includible in income by the Contract Owner.
 
    The tax treatment of certain withdrawals or surrenders of the  non-qualified
Contracts  offered by this Prospectus will  vary according to whether the amount
withdrawn or surrendered  is allocable  to an  investment in  the Contract  made
before or after certain dates.
 
D.  PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO QUALIFIED EMPLOYER PLANS.
 
    The  tax rules  applicable to  qualified employer  plans, as  defined by the
Code, vary according to  the type of  plan and the terms  and conditions of  the
plan  itself. Therefore, the  following is general information  about the use of
the Contracts with various types of qualified plans. The rights of any person to
any benefits  under  such qualified  plans  will be  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of  the  qualified  plans themselves  regardless  of  the  terms and
conditions of the Contract.
 
    A loan to a participant or  beneficiary from plans qualified under  Sections
401  and  403 or  an assignment  or  pledge of  an interest  in  such a  plan is
generally treated as a distribution. This  general rule does not apply to  loans
which  contain certain  repayment terms  and do  not exceed  a specified maximum
amount, as required under Section 72(p).
 
E.  QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING TRUSTS AND QUALIFIED ANNUITY
PLANS.
 
    When an employee (including  a self-employed individual) or  one or more  of
the  employee's beneficiaries receives a "lump sum" distribution (a distribution
from a qualified plan described in  Code Section 401(a) within one taxable  year
equal  to the total amount payable with respect to such an employee) the taxable
portion of such distribution may qualify  for special treatment under a  special
five-year  income averaging provision of the Code. The employee must have had at
least 5 years  of participation under  the plan, and  the lump sum  distribution
must  be made after the employee has attained age 59 1/2 or on account of his or
her death, separation from the employer's  service (in the case of a  common-law
employee)  or  disability  (in the  case  of a  self-employed  individual). Such
treatment can  be elected  for only  one taxable  year once  the individual  has
reached  age 59 1/2. An employee who attained  age 50 before January 1, 1986 may
elect to  treat  part of  the  taxable portion  of  a lump-sum  distribution  as
long-term  capital  gains  and  may  also  elect  10-year  averaging  instead of
five-year averaging.
 
    The Company can provide prototype plans for certain of the pension or profit
sharing plans  for review  by  your legal  counsel.  For information,  ask  your
financial representative.
 
F.  SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS
 
    The  Self-Employed  Individuals  Tax  Retirement Act  of  1962,  as amended,
frequently referred  to  as  "H.R. 10",  allows  self-employed  individuals  and
partners  to establish qualified  pension and profit  sharing trusts and annuity
plans to provide benefits for themselves and their employees.
 
    These plans  generally  are  subject  to the  same  rules  and  requirements
applicable  to corporate qualified plans, with some special restrictions imposed
on "owner-employees." An "owner-employee" is an employee who (1) owns the entire
interest in an unincorporated trade  or business, or (2)  owns more than 10%  of
either the capital interest or profits interest in a partnership.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
G.  INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT PLANS
 
    Any  individual  who  earns  "compensation"  (as  defined  in  the  Code and
including  alimony   payable  under   a  court   decree)  from   employment   or
self-employment,  whether or not he or she is covered by another qualified plan,
may establish an Individual Retirement Account  or Annuity plan ("IRA") for  the
accumulation  of  retirement  savings  on  a  tax-deferred  basis.  Income  from
investments is  not included  in "compensation."  The assets  of an  IRA may  be
invested  in,  among other  things,  annuity Contracts  including  the Contracts
offered by this Prospectus.
 
    Contributions to the IRA may be made  by the individual or on behalf of  the
individual  by an employer. IRA contributions may be deductible up to the lesser
of  (1)  $2,000  or  (2)  100%   of  compensation.  The  deduction  is   reduced
proportionately  for adjusted gross income  between $40,000 and $50,000 (between
$25,000 and $35,000  for unmarried taxpayers  and between $0  and $10,000 for  a
married taxpayer filing separately) if the taxpayer and his or her spouse file a
joint  return  and either  is  an active  participant  in an  employer sponsored
retirement plan.
 
   
    An  individual  and  a  working  spouse  each  may  have  an  IRA  with  the
above-described  limit on each. For the 1996  tax year an individual with an IRA
may establish an additional IRA  for a non-working spouse  if they file a  joint
return.  Contributions to the two IRAs together  are deductible up to the lesser
of $2,250  or  100%  of  compensation.  Effective for  the  1997  tax  year  and
thereafter,   an  individual  may  establish  a  spousal  IRA  if  the  spouse's
compensation is less  than the individual's  and they file  a joint return.  The
maximum  contributions  to the  two IRA's  is the  lesser of  $4,000 or  100% of
combined income.
    
 
    No deduction is  allowed for contributions  made for the  year in which  the
individual  attains age 70 1/2 and years thereafter. Contributions for that year
and for years thereafter will result in certain adverse tax consequences.
 
    Non-deductible contributions may be made to IRAs until the year in which the
individual attains age 70 1/2. Although these contributions may not be deducted,
taxes on their  earnings are deferred  until the earnings  are distributed.  The
maximum  permissible  non-deductible contribution  is  $2,000 for  an individual
taxpayer and $2,250  for a  taxpayer and  non-working spouse.  These limits  are
reduced by the amount of any deductible contributions made by the taxpayer.
 
    Contributions  may be made with  respect to a particular  year until the due
date of the individual's federal income tax return for that year, not  including
extensions.   However,  for   reporting  purposes,   the  Company   will  regard
contributions as being applicable to the year made unless it receives notice  to
the contrary.
 
    All  annuity benefit payments  and other distributions under  an IRA will be
taxed as ordinary income unless the owner has made non-deductible contributions.
In addition, a minimum level of distributions  must begin no later than April  1
following  the year in which  the individual attains age  70 1/2, and failure to
make adequate  distributions at  this time  may result  in certain  adverse  tax
consequences to the individual.
 
    Distributions from all of an individual's IRAs are treated as if they were a
distribution from one IRA and all distributions during the same taxable year are
treated   as  if  they  were  one   distribution.  An  individual  who  makes  a
non-deductible contribution to  an IRA or  receives a distribution  from an  IRA
during the taxable year must provide certain information on the individual's tax
return  to enable the IRS  to determine the proportion  of the IRA balance which
represents  non-deductible  contributions.  If   the  required  information   is
provided,  that  part of  the  amount withdrawn  which  is proportionate  to the
individual's aggregate non-deductible contributions  over the aggregate  balance
of all of the individual's IRAs, is excludable from income.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    Distributions  which  are  a  return of  a  non-deductible  contribution are
non-taxable, as they represent a return of basis. If the required information is
not provided to the IRS, distributions from an IRA to which both deductible  and
non-deductible contributions have been made are presumed to be fully taxable.
 
H.  SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS.
 
   
    Employers  may establish  Simplified Employee  Pensions ("SEPs")  under Code
Section 408(k) if certain  requirements are met.  A SEP is an  IRA to which  the
employer  contributes  under  a written  formula.  Currently, a  SEP  may accept
employer contributions  each year  up  to $30,000  or  15% of  compensation  (as
defined),  whichever  is  less.  To  establish SEPs  the  employer  must  make a
contribution for every employee age 21  and over who has performed services  for
the employer for at least three of the five immediately preceding calendar years
and  who has earned at least $300  for the year. SEP contributions for employees
over age 70 1/2 are permissible.
    
 
    The employer's contribution is excluded from the employee's gross income for
the taxable year for which it was made up to the $30,000/15% limit. In  addition
to  the  employer's  contribution,  the  employee  may  contribute  100%  of the
employee's earned income, up to $2,000, to the SEP, but such contributions  will
be  subject to  the rules described  above in "G.  Individual Retirement Account
Plans."
 
   
    These plans  are subject  to the  general employer's  deduction  limitations
applicable to all corporate qualified plans.
    
 
I.  PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEMS AND CERTAIN TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.
 
    Under  the  provisions of  Section  403(b) of  the  Code, payments  made for
annuity Contracts purchased for employees under annuity plans adopted by  public
school  systems and  certain organizations  which are  tax exempt  under Section
501(c)(3) of the Code are excludable from the gross income of such employees  to
the extent that the aggregate payments for such annuity Contracts in any year do
not exceed the maximum contribution permitted under the Code.
 
    A  Contract qualifying  under Section 403(b)  of the Code  must provide that
withdrawals  or   other   distributions   attributable   to   salary   reduction
contributions  (including earnings  thereon) may  not begin  before the employee
attains age 59 1/2,  separates from service, dies,  or becomes disabled. In  the
case  of hardship  a Contract Owner  may withdraw amounts  contributed by salary
reduction, but not the earnings on such amounts. Even though a distribution  may
be  permitted under  these rules  (e.g., for  hardship or  after separation from
service), it may  nonetheless be subject  to a  10% penalty tax  as a  premature
distribution,  in  addition to  income  tax. The  distribution  restrictions are
effective for years beginning after December 31, 1988, but only with respect  to
amounts that were not held under the Contract as of that date.
 
J.  TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.
 
    Under  a  Code  Section  403(b)  annuity  contract  issued  as  a  result of
participation in the Texas Optional Retirement Program, distributions may not be
received  except  in  the  case  of  the  participant's  death,  retirement   or
termination  of employment in the Texas public institutions of higher education.
These restrictions are  imposed by reason  of an opinion  of the Texas  Attorney
General interpreting the Texas laws governing the Optional Retirement Program.
 
K.  SECTION 457 PLANS FOR STATE GOVERNMENTS AND TAX-EXEMPT ENTITIES.
 
    Code  Section  457  allows  employees  of  a  state,  one  of  its political
subdivisions,  or  certain  tax-exempt  entities  to  participate  in   eligible
government deferred compensation plans. An eligible plan, by its terms, must not
allow  deferral of  more than  $7,500 or 33  1/3% of  a participant's includible
compensation for the  taxable year, whichever  is less. Includible  compensation
does  not include  amounts excludable  under the  eligible deferred compensation
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
plan or  amounts  paid  into  a  Code  Section  403(b)  annuity.  The  amount  a
participant  may defer must  be reduced dollar-for-dollar  by elective deferrals
under a SEP, 401(k) plan or  a deductible employee contribution to a  501(c)(18)
plan.   Under  eligible   deferred  compensation  plans   the  state,  political
subdivision, or tax-exempt entity will be owner of the Contract.
 
    If an employee also participates in another eligible plan or contributes  to
a  Code Section 403(b) annuity, a single limit of $7,500 will be applied for all
plans. Additionally,  the employee  must designate  how much  of the  $7,500  or
33  1/3% limitation will be allocated  among the various plans. Contributions to
an eligible plan will serve to reduce the maximum exclusion allowance for a Code
Section 403(b) annuity. Amounts received by employees under such plans generally
are includible in gross income in the year of receipt.
 
L.  NON-INDIVIDUAL OWNERS.
 
    Non-individual Owners (e.g.,  a corporation) of  deferred annuity  contracts
generally will be currently taxed on any increase in the cash surrender value of
the deferred annuity attributable to contributions made after February 28, 1986.
This rule does not apply to immediate annuities or to deferred annuities held by
a qualified pension plan, an IRA, a 403(b) plan, estates, employers with respect
to  terminated pension plans, or  a nominee or agent  holding a contract for the
benefit of an individual.  Corporate-owned annuities may  result in exposure  to
the  alternative  minimum  tax,  to  the extent  that  income  on  the annuities
increases the corporation's adjusted current earnings.
 
                                    REPORTS
 
    A Contract  Owner  is  sent  a report  semi-annually  which  states  certain
financial  information about  the Portfolios. The  Company will  also furnish an
annual report  to  the Contract  Owner  containing a  statement  of his  or  her
account,  including unit values and other  information as required by applicable
law, rules and regulations.
 
                        LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)
 
    Loans are available to owners of TSA contracts (i.e. contracts issued  under
Section  403(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code) and to  contracts issued to plans
qualified under Sections  401(a) and 401(k)  of the Code.  Loans are subject  to
provisions  of the Code  and to applicable qualified  retirement plan rules. Tax
advisors and  plan fiduciaries  should  be consulted  prior to  exercising  loan
privileges.
 
    Loaned  amounts will first  be withdrawn from  Sub-Account and Fixed Account
values on a pro-rata basis  until exhausted. Thereafter, any additional  amounts
will  be withdrawn from the Guarantee  Period Accounts (pro-rata by duration and
LIFO (last-in,  first-out)  within each  duration),  subject to  any  applicable
Market  Value Adjustments. The maximum loan  amount will be determined under the
Company's maximum loan formula. The minimum loan amount is $1,000. Loans will be
secured by a security interest in the  contract and the amount borrowed will  be
transferred  to a loan asset account within the Company's General Account, where
it will accrue interest  at a specified rate  below the then-current loan  rate.
Generally, loans must be repaid within five years or less and repayments must be
made  quarterly and in substantially equal amounts. Repayments will be allocated
pro-rata in accordance with the most recent payment allocation, except that  any
allocations to a Guarantee Period Account will instead be allocated to the Money
Market Portfolio.
 
                  CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
    The  Company reserves the  right, subject to  compliance with applicable law
and to the  provisions of the  Participation Agreements to  (1) transfer  assets
from    any   Separate    Account   or    Sub-Account   to    another   of   the
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Company's variable accounts or Sub-Accounts having assets of the same class, (2)
to operate the variable  account or any Sub-Account  as a management  investment
company  under  the 1940  Act or  in any  other  form permitted  by law,  (3) to
deregister the  Variable Account  under  the 1940  Act  in accordance  with  the
requirements  of  the  1940 Act,  (4)  to  substitute the  shares  of  any other
registered investment company for the Portfolio shares held by a Sub-Account, in
the event  that Portfolio  shares  are unavailable  for  investment, or  if  the
Company   determines  that  further  investment  in  such  Portfolio  shares  is
inappropriate in  view of  the purpose  of the  Sub-Account, (5)  to change  the
methodology  for determining  the net investment  factor, and (6)  to change the
names of the  Variable Account  or of  the Sub-Accounts.  In no  event will  the
changes  described above be made without notice to Contract Owners in accordance
with the 1940 Act.
 
                                  DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Contracts  offered  by the  Prospectus  may be  purchased  from  certain
independent  broker-dealers, including representatives of Allmerica Investments,
Inc. (the  Principal  Underwriter) which  are  registered under  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 and are members  of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
 
    The  Company  pays   commissions  not   to  exceed  6.0%   of  payments   to
broker-dealers  which sell  the Contracts. Alternative  commission schedules are
available with lower initial commission amounts based on payments, plus  ongoing
annual  compensation of up to  1% of contract value.  To the extent permitted by
NASD rules, promotional  incentives or  payments may  also be  provided to  such
broker-dealers  based on sales volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions,
or other  sales-related criteria.  Additional  payments may  be made  for  other
services  not  directly related  to  the sale  of  the Contracts,  including the
recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and
similar services.
 
    The Company intends to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through a
combination of anticipated  contingent deferred sales  charges and profits  from
the  Company's  General Account.  Commissions paid  on the  Contracts, including
additional incentives or  payments, do not  result in any  additional charge  to
Contract  Owners  or  to the  Variable  Account. Any  contingent  deferred sales
charges assessed on a Contract will be retained by the Company.
 
    Contract Owners may direct any  inquiries to their financial  representative
or  to Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts
01653, 800-782-8380.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    There are no legal  proceedings pending to which  the Variable Account is  a
party.
 
                              FURTHER INFORMATION
 
    A  Registration Statement under the Securities  Act of 1933 relating to this
offering has been  filed with  the Securities and  Exchange Commission.  Certain
portions  of the Registration Statement and amendments have been omitted in this
Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission. The  omitted
information   may  be  obtained  from   the  Commission's  principal  office  in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of the Commission's prescribed fees.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                    MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
    Because  of exemption  and exclusionary  provisions in  the securities laws,
interests in the Fixed Account are not generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of  1940.
Disclosures  regarding the fixed  portion of the annuity  contract and the Fixed
Account may  be  subject  to  the  provisions of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933
concerning  the accuracy and completeness of  statements made in the Prospectus.
The disclosures in this APPENDIX A have not been reviewed by the Securities  and
Exchange Commission.
 
    The  Fixed Account is  made up of all  of the general  assets of the Company
other than those  allocated to the  separate account. Allocations  to the  Fixed
Account  become  part of  the  assets of  the Company  and  are used  to support
insurance and  annuity obligations.  A portion  or all  of net  payments may  be
allocated  to accumulate at a fixed rate  of interest in the Fixed Account. Such
net amounts are guaranteed by the Company as to principal and a minimum rate  of
interest.  Under the  Contracts, the minimum  interest which may  be credited on
amounts allocated to  the Fixed  Account is 3%  compounded annually.  Additional
"Excess  Interest" may  or may  not be  credited at  the sole  discretion of the
Company.
 
    If a Contract is surrendered, or if an Excess Amount is withdrawn, while the
Contract is in force  and before the Annuity  Date, a contingent deferred  sales
charge  is imposed if such event occurs  before the payments attributable to the
surrender or withdrawal have  been credited to the  Contract less than six  full
contract years.
 
   
    In Massachusetts, payments and transfers to the Fixed Account are subject to
the following restrictions:
    
 
    If  a Contract issued prior to the Annuitant's 60th birthday, allocations to
    the Fixed Account will be permitted until the Annuitant's 61st birthday.  On
    and  after  the  Annuitant's  61st  birthday,  no  additional  Fixed Account
    allocations will  be accepted.  If a  Contract  is issued  on or  after  the
    Annuitant's  60th birthday,  up through  and including  the Annuitant's 81st
    birthday, Fixed  Account  allocations will  be  permitted during  the  first
    Contract  year. If  a Contract  is issued on  or after  the Annuitant's 81st
    birthday, Fixed  Account  allocations will  be  permitted during  the  first
    Contract  year. On and  after the first  Contract anniversary, no additional
    allocations to the Fixed Account will be permitted. If a Contract is  issued
    after  the Annuitant's 81st birthday, no  payments to the Fixed Account will
    be permitted at any time.
 
    If an allocation designated as a Fixed Account allocation is received at the
    Principal Office during a period when the Fixed Account is not available due
    to the limitations outlined above, the monies will be allocated to the Money
    Market Portfolio.
 
   
    In Oregon, no payments to the Fixed Account will be permitted if a  Contract
is issued after the Annuitant's 81st birthday.
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
               SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
PART 1: SURRENDER CHARGES
 
    FULL  SURRENDER -- Assume a Payment of $50,000  is made on the Date of Issue
and no additional Payments  are made. Assume there  are no withdrawals and  that
the  free withdrawal amount  is equal to  15% of the  current Account Value. The
table below presents  examples of  the surrender  charge resulting  from a  full
surrender  of the  Contract Owner's  Account, based  on hypothetical Accumulated
Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL       FREE         SURRENDER
 ACCOUNT    ACCUMULATED    WITHDRAWAL       CHARGE       SURRENDER
  YEAR         VALUE         AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE       CHARGE
- ---------  -------------  ------------  ---------------  ----------
 
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>
        1     54,000.00       8,100.00            7%       3,213.00
        2     58,320.00       8,748.00            6%       2,974.32
        3     62,985.60       9,447.84            5%       2,500.00
        4     68,024.45      10,203.67            4%       2,000.00
        5     73,466.40      11,019.96            3%       1,500.00
        6     79,343.72      11,901.56            2%       1,000.00
        7     85,691.21      12,853.68            0%           0.00
</TABLE>
 
    WITHDRAWAL -- Assume a Payment of $50,000  is made on the Date of Issue  and
no additional Payments are made. Assume that the free withdrawal amount is equal
to 15% of the current Account Value and there are withdrawals as detailed below.
The  table  below  presents  examples of  the  surrender  charge  resulting from
withdrawals from the Contract Owner's Account, based on hypothetical Accumulated
Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           HYPOTHETICAL                     FREE         SURRENDER
 ACCOUNT    ACCUMULATED                  WITHDRAWAL       CHARGE        SURRENDER
  YEAR         VALUE       WITHDRAWAL      AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE       CHARGE
- ---------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ---------------  -----------
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
        1     54,000.00           0.00      8,100.00            7%           0.00
        2     58,320.00           0.00      8,748.00            6%           0.00
        3     62,985.60           0.00      9,447.84            5%           0.00
        4     68,024.45      30,000.00     10,203.67            4%         791.85
        5     41,066.40      10,000.00      6,159.96            3%         115.20
        6     33,551.72       5,000.00      5,032.76            2%           0.00
        7     30,835.85      10,000.00      4,625.38            0%           0.00
</TABLE>
 
PART 2: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
   
The market value factor is:                   [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365 -1
    
 
The following examples assume:
 
        1. The Payment was allocated to a ten year Guarantee Period Account with
           a guaranteed interest rate of 8%.
        2. The date of surrender is seven years (2555 days) from the  expiration
           date.
        3. The  value of the Guarantee Period  Account is equal to $62,985.60 at
           the end of three years.
        4. No transfers or withdrawals  affecting this Guarantee Period  Account
           have been made.
        5. Surrender charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown
           in the examples in Part 1.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 10.00% or 0.10
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
The market value factor     =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                            =  [(1+.08)/(1+.10)]2555/365-1
                            =  (.98182)7-1
                            =  -.12054
The market value            =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
adjustment
                            =  -.12054X$62,985.60
                            =  -$7,592.11
</TABLE>
    
 
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 7.00% or 0.07
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
The market value factor     =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                            =  [(1+.08)/(1+.07)]2555/365-1
                            =  (1.0093)7-1
                            =  .06694
The market value            =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
adjustment
                            =  .06694X$62,985.60
                            =  $4,216.26
</TABLE>
    
 
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 11.00% or 0.11
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
The market value factor     =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                            =  [(1+.08)/(1+.11)]2555/365-1
                            =  (.97297)7-1
                            =  -.17454
The market value            =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
adjustment                     withdrawal or the negative of the excess interest earned
                               over 3%
                            =  Minimum of (-.17454X$62,985.60 or -$8,349.25)
                            =  Minimum of (-$10,993.51 or -$8,349.25)
                            =  -$8,349.25
</TABLE>
    
 
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 6.00% or 0.06
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
The market value factor     =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                            =  [(1+.08)/(1+.06)]2555/365-1
                            =  (1.01887)7-1
                            =  .13981
The market value            =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
adjustment                     withdrawal or the excess interest earned over 3%
                            =  Minimum of (.13981X$62,985.60 or $8,349.25)
                            =  Minimum of ($8,806.02 or $8,349.25)
                            =  $8,349.25
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                               THE DEATH BENEFIT
 
PART 1 : DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT -- WITHOUT ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made.  Assume there are  no withdrawals. The  table below  presents
examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL      MARKET                                  HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED       VALUE         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       ADJUSTMENT    BENEFIT (A)   BENEFIT (B)     BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00     50,000.00     54,030.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00     50,000.00     58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70     50,000.00     53,494.70
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17     50,000.00     58,294.17
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59     50,000.00     64,623.59
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95     50,000.00     70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54     50,000.00     78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49     50,000.00     85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34     50,000.00     93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
Death  Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death Benefit  (b) is  the  gross payments  reduced proportionately  to  reflect
withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Death Benefits (a) or
(b).
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table  below.
The table below presents examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical
Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL                    MARKET                                  HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED                     VALUE         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       WITHDRAWAL    ADJUSTMENT    BENEFIT (A)   BENEFIT (B)     BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00           0.00         0.00       53,000.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00           0.00       500.00       54,030.00     50,000.00     55,125.00
        3      3,883.00      50,000.00         0.00        3,883.00      3,297.21      3,883.00
        4      3,494.70           0.00       500.00        3,994.70      3,297.21      3,297.21
        5      3,844.17           0.00         0.00        3,844.17      3,297.21      3,297.21
        6      4,228.59           0.00       500.00        4,728.59      3,297.21      4,728.59
        7      4,651.45           0.00         0.00        4,651.45      3,297.21      3,297.21
        8      5,116.59           0.00       500.00        5,616.59      3,297.21      5,616.59
        9      5,628.25           0.00         0.00        5,628.25      3,297.21      5,628.25
       10        691.07       5,000.00         0.00          691.07        368.05        691.07
</TABLE>
 
Death  Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death Benefit  (b) is  the  gross payments  reduced proportionately  to  reflect
withdrawals.
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Death Benefits (a) or
(b).
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
PART 2: DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT -- WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made.  Assume there are  no withdrawals. The  table below  presents
examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL      MARKET                                                HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED       VALUE         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       ADJUSTMENT    BENEFIT (A)   BENEFIT (B)   BENEFIT (C)     BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00     52,500.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00     55,125.00     53,000.00     55,125.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00     57,881.25     55,125.00     58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70     60,775.31     58,883.00     60,775.31
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17     63,814.08     60,775.31     63,814.08
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59     67,004.78     63,814.08     67,004.78
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95     70,355.02     67,004.78     70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54     73,872.77     70,535.95     78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49     77,566.41     78,089.54     85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34     81,444.73     85,348.49     93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
Death  Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death Benefit  (b)  is the  gross  payments  accumulated daily  at  5%,  reduced
proportionately to reflect withdrawals.
 
   
Death  Benefit (c) is the Death Benefit that would have been payable on the most
recent contract anniversary,  increased for subsequent  payments, and  decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
    
 
The  Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to  the greatest of Death Benefits (a),
(b), or (c).
 
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
 
Assume a Payment  of $50,000  is made  on the Date  of Issue  and no  additional
Payments  are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below.
The table below presents examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical
Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL                    MARKET                                                HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED                     VALUE         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       WITHDRAWAL    ADJUSTMENT    BENEFIT (A)   BENEFIT (B)   BENEFIT (C)     BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00           0.00         0.00       53,000.00     52,500.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00           0.00       500.00       54,030.00     55,125.00     53,000.00     55,125.00
        3      3,883.00      50,000.00         0.00        3,883.00      3,816.94      3,635.18      3,883.00
        4      3,494.70           0.00       500.00        3,994.70      4,007.79      3,883.00      4,007.79
        5      3,844.17           0.00         0.00        3,844.17      4,208.18      4,007.79      4,208.18
        6      4,228.59           0.00       500.00        4,728.59      4,418.59      4,208.18      4,728.59
        7      4,651.45           0.00         0.00        4,651.45      4,639.51      4,728.59      4,728.59
        8      5,116.59           0.00       500.00        5,616.59      4,871.49      4,728.59      5,616.59
        9      5,628.25           0.00         0.00        5,628.25      5,115.07      5,616.59      5,628.25
       10        691.07       5,000.00         0.00          691.07        599.51        628.25        691.07
</TABLE>
 
Death Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive  Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death  Benefit  (b)  is the  gross  payments  accumulated daily  at  5%, reduced
proportionately to reflect withdrawals.
 
   
Death Benefit (c) is the Death Benefit that would have been payable on the  most
recent  contract anniversary,  increased for subsequent  payments, and decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
    
 
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal  to the greatest of Death Benefits  (a),
(b), or (c).
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
PART 3: DEATH OF THE OWNER WHO IS NOT THE ANNUITANT
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made. Assume  there are no withdrawals  and that the Death  Benefit
Effective  Annual Yield is equal to 5%. The table below presents examples of the
Death Benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL      MARKET      HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED       VALUE         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       ADJUSTMENT      BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
The hypothetical  Death  Benefit  is  the Accumulated  Value  increased  by  any
positive Market Value Adjustment.
 
PART 2: DEATH OF THE OWNER WHO IS NOT THE ANNUITANT
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made. Assume  there are no withdrawals  and that the Death  Benefit
Effective  Annual Yield is equal to 5%. The table below presents examples of the
Death Benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          HYPOTHETICAL
           HYPOTHETICAL      MARKET      HYPOTHETICAL
            ACCUMULATED       VALUE         DEATH
  YEAR         VALUE       ADJUSTMENT      BENEFIT
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
The hypothetical  Death  Benefit  is  the Accumulated  Value  increased  by  any
positive Market Value Adjustment.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                         FOR

 FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS  FUNDED THROUGH

                                   SUB-ACCOUNTS OF

                                 SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC



THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  IT SHOULD BE 
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT DATED 
DECEMBER, 1996, ("THE PROSPECTUS").  THE PROSPECTUS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM 
ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS 
01653, (800) 782-8380.

                                 DATED: DECEMBER, 1996
                                        --------------

<PAGE>

                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE
COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

SERVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

UNDERWRITERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

ANNUITY PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8


                           GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

Separate Account KGC ("Variable Account") is a separate investment account of 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("Company") authorized 
by vote of the Board of Directors on June 13, 1996.  The Company is a life 
insurance company organized under the laws of Delaware in July, 1974.  Its 
Principal Office is located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 
01653, Telephone 508-855-1000.  The Company is subject to the laws of the 
state of Delaware governing insurance companies and to regulation by the 
Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware.  In addition, the Company is subject to 
the insurance laws and regulations of other states and jurisdictions in which 
it is licensed to operate.  As of December 31, 1995, the Company had over $5 
billion in assets and over $18 billion of life insurance in force.

Effective October 1, 1995, the Company changed its name from SMA Life Assurance
Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company.  The Company
is an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance Company ("First Allmerica"), which in turn is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").  First Allmerica,
originally organized under the laws of Massachusetts in 1844 as a mutual life
insurance company and known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America,
converted to a stock life insurance company on October 16, 1995 and adopted its
present name.  First Allmerica is the fifth oldest life insurance company in
America.  As of  December 31, 1995 First Allmerica and its subsidiaries
(including the Company) had over $11 billion in combined assets and over $35.2
billion in life insurance in force.


Each Sub-Account invests in a corresponding investment  portfolio of  Kemper
Investors Fund ("the Fund"), a series type mutual fund registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as an open-end, diversified,
management investment company.  Currently, 14 Sub-Accounts of the Variable
Account are available under the Contracts.  The Money Market Portfolio, Total
Return Portfolio, High Yield Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Government Securities
Portfolio, International Portfolio, Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio, Value Portfolio, Small Cap Value Portfolio, Value+Growth
Portfolio, Horizon 20+Portfolio, Horizon 10+Portfolio, and Horizon 5 Portfolio.
Each Portfolio available under the Contracts has its own investment objectives
and certain attendant risks.

                          TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, VARIABLE
                               ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY

The Company currently imposes no charge for taxes payable in connection with the
Contract, other than for state and local


                                         -2-
<PAGE>

premium taxes and similar assessments when applicable.  The Company reserves the
right to impose a charge for any other taxes that may become payable in the
future in connection with the Contracts or the Variable Account.

The Variable Account is considered to be a part of and taxed with the operations
of The Company.  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
subchapter L of the Code and files a consolidated tax return with its parent and
affiliated companies.

The Company reserves the right to make a charge for any effect which the income,
assets, or existence of Contracts or the Variable Account may have upon its tax.
Such charge for taxes, if any, will be assessed on a fair and equitable basis in
order to preserve equity among classes of Contract Owners.  The Variable Account
presently is not subject to tax.

                                       SERVICES

CUSTODIAN OF SECURITIES.  The Company serves as custodian of the assets of the
Variable Account.  Trust shares owned by the Sub-Accounts are held on an open
account basis.  A Sub-Account's ownership of  Trust shares is reflected on the
records of the Trust and not represented by any transferable stock certificates.

EXPERTS.  The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
included in this Statement of Additional Information constituting part of the
Registration Statement, have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of the Company included herein should be considered
only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the
Contracts.

                                     UNDERWRITERS

Allmerica Investments, Inc., ("Allmerica Investments") a registered 
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), serves as principal 
underwriter for the Contracts pursuant to a contract with the Company and the 
Variable Account.  Allmerica Investments distributes the Contracts on a best 
efforts basis.  Allmerica Investments, 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, 
Massachusetts 01653 was organized in 1969 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
First  Allmerica and is an  indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First 
Allmerica.


The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are offered continuously and may be
purchased from certain independent broker-dealers which are NASD members and
whose representatives are authorized by applicable law to sell variable annuity
contracts.

All persons selling contracts are required to be licensed by their respective
state insurance authorities for the sale of variable annuity contracts. The
Company pays commissions not to exceed 6.0% of purchase payments to entities
which sell the Contracts.  To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional
incentives or payments may also be provided to such entities based on sales
volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions, or other sales-related
criteria.  Additional payments may be made for other services not directly
related to the sale of the Contracts, including the recruitment and training of
personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services.
Commissions paid on the Contracts, including additional incentives or payments,
do not result in any additional charge to Contract Owners or to the Variable
Account.



                                         -3-
<PAGE>

Commissions are paid by The Company and do not result in any charge to Contract
Owners or to the Variable Account in addition to the charges described under
"CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS" in the Prospectus.  The Company intends to recoup the
commission and other sales expense through a combination of anticipated
surrender, withdrawal, and/or annuitization charges, profits from The Company's
general account, including the investment earnings on amounts allocated to
accumulate on a fixed basis in excess of the interest credited on fixed
accumulations by The Company, and the profit, if any, from the mortality and
expense risk charge.

                                   ANNUITY PAYMENTS

The method by which the Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined is
described in detail under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS"
in the Prospectus.


ILLUSTRATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE.  The
Accumulation Unit calculation for a daily Valuation Period may be illustrated by
the following hypothetical example:  Assume that the Net Asset Value of a 
portfolio share held in a Sub-Account at the end of a one-day Valuation 
Period were $1.135000; that the Net Asset Value on the previous date was 
$1.132000; that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the previous date was 
$1.117500; and that during the Valuation Period, the dividends and capital 
gain distributions were $0.000335 per share. The Accumulation Unit Value at 
the end of the current Valuation Period would be calculated as follows:


(1) Accumulation Unit Value - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . .$1.117500

(2) Net Asset Value - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . . . . . .$1.132000

(3) Net Asset Value - Current Valuation Period . . . . . . . . . . .$1.135000

(4) Dividends and capital gain distributions . . . . . . . . . . . .$0.000335

(5) Annual Charge (one day equivalent of 1.10% per annum). . . . . . 0.000030

(6) Net Investment Factor {[(3)+(4)] DIVIDED BY (2)}-(5) . . . . . . 1.002917

(8) Accumulation Unit Value - Current Period (1)x(6) . . . . . . . .$1.120760


The method for determining the amount of annuity payments is described in detail
under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the Prospectus.


ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE.
The determination of the Annuity Unit value and the variable annuity payment may
be illustrated by the following hypothetical example:  Assume an Annuitant has
40,000 Accumulation Units in a Separate Account, and that the value of an
Accumulation Unit on the Valuation Date used to determine the amount of the
first variable annuity payment is $1.120000.  Therefore, the Accumulation Value
of the Contract is $44,800 (40,000 x $1.120000).  Assume also that the Contract
Owner elects an option for which the first monthly payment is $6.57 per $1,000
of Accumulated Value applied.  Assuming no premium tax or contingent deferred
sales charge, the first monthly payment would be 44.800 multiplied by $6.57, or
$294.34.

Next, assume that the Annuity Unit value for the assumed rate of 3-1/2% per
annum for the Valuation Date as of which the first payment was calculated was
$1.100000.  Annuity Unit values will not be the same as Accumulation Unit values
because


                                         -4-
<PAGE>

the former reflect the 3-1/2% assumed interest rate used in the annuity rate
calculations.  When the Annuity Unit value of $1.100000 is divided into the
first monthly payment the number of Annuity Units represented by that payment is
determined to be 267.5818.  The value of this same number of Annuity Units will
be paid in each subsequent month under most options.  Assume further that the
net investment factor for the Valuation Period applicable to the next annuity
payment is 1.000190.  Multiplying this factor by .999906 (the one-day adjustment
factor for the assumed interest rate of 3-1/2% per annum) produces a factor of
1.000096.  This is then multiplied by the Annuity Unit value on the immediately
preceding Valuation Date (assumed here to be $1.105000).  The result is an
Annuity Unit value of $1.105106 for the current monthly payment.  The current
monthly payment is then determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by
the current Annuity Unit value, or 267.5818 times $1.105106, which produces a
current monthly payment of $295.71.

Method for Determining Variable Annuity Option V Redemption and Illustration
Using Hypothetical Example.  As discussed in the Prospectus under "DESCRIPTION
OF VARIABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS," the Annuitant, or the beneficiary if the Annuitant
has died, may choose at any time to withdraw the Contract and receive its 
commuted value.  Commuted value is the present value of remaining payments 
commuted at 3 1/2% interest.  However, if the annuitant elects the withdrawal,
the remaining payments are deemed to be the remaining payments that would have
been payable had the Surrender Value, rather than the Accumulation Value, been 
applied at the Annuity Date.  The determination of the commuted value upon 
redemption by an Annuitant may be illustrated by the following hypothetical 
example.


Assume an annuity period of 10 years or longer is elected.  The number of
Annuity Units each payment is based on would be calculated using the Accumulated
Value.  Assume this results in 267.5818 Annuity Units.  Assume the commuted
value is requested with 60 monthly payments remaining and a current Annuity Unit
Value of $1.200000.  Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $321.10 a month for 60 months.  If the commuted value was
requested by a beneficiary, the value would be based on the present value at 3
1/2% interest of this stream of annuity payments.  The commuted value would be
$17,725.49.  However, if the commuted value is requested by an Annuitant, the
value is calculated as if the Surrender Value, not the Accumulated Value, had
been used to calculate the number of Annuity units.  Assume this results in 250
Annuity units.  Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $300 a month for 60 months.  The present value at 3 1/2% of
all remaining payments would be $16,560.72.

                               PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to certain indices described in the prospectus under
"PERFORMANCE INFORMATION."  In addition, The Company may provide advertising,
sales literature, periodic publications or other materials information on
various topics of interest to Contract owners and prospective Contract owners.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, market timing, dollar cost
averaging, asset allocation, constant ratio transfer and account rebalancing),
the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable
investments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase and investment
scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and investment
alternatives to certificates of deposit and other financial instruments,
including comparisons between the Contracts and the characteristics of and
market for such financial instruments.

TOTAL RETURN

"Total Return" refers to the total of the income generated by an investment in a
Sub-Account and of the changes of value of the principal invested (due to
realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a specified period, reduced
by the Sub-Accounts asset charge and any applicable contingent deferred sales
charge which would be assessed upon complete redemption of the investment.

Total Return figures are calculated by standardized methods prescribed by rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The quotations are computed by
finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods
that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending redeemable values,
according to the following formula:

            n
    P(1 + T)  = ERV
                                         -5-
<PAGE>

Where:   P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000

         T = average annual total return

         n = number of years

       ERV = the ending redeemable value of the $1,000 payment at the end of
              the specified period

The calculation of Total Return includes the annual charges against the asset of
the Sub-Account.  This charge is 1.10% on an annual basis.  The calculation of
ending redeemable value assumes (1) the policy was issued at the beginning of
the period and (2) a complete surrender of the policy at the end of the period.
The deduction of the contingent deferred sales charge, if any, applicable at the
end of the period is included in the calculation, according to the following
schedule:

         Years from date of        Charge as Percentage of
         Payment                   New Payments Withdrawn*
         ------------------        -----------------------

              Less than 1                   7%
                   2                        6%
                   3                        5%
                   4                        4%
                   5                        3%
                   6                        2%
                   7                        0%
                   Thereafter               0%


*Subject to the maximum limit described in the prospectus.


No contingent deferred sales charge is deducted upon expiration of the periods
specified above.  In all calendar years, an amount equal to (a) 15% of the
Accumulated Value; or (b) cumulative earnings (Accumulated Value less total 
gross payments not previously withdrawn) is not subject to the contingent 
deferred sales charge.


The calculations of Total Return reflect the deduction of an 0.88 Annual 
Contract fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual Contract fee 
based on a mean contract size of $40,000.


SUPPLEMENTAL TOTAL RETURN INFORMATION

The Supplemental Total Return information in this section refers to the total of
the income generated by an investment in a Sub-Account and of the changes of
value of the principal invested (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or
losses) for a specified period reduced by the Sub-Account's asset charges.
However, it is assumed that the investment is NOT withdrawn at the end of each
period.

The quotations of Supplemental Total Return are computed by finding the average
annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods that would equate
the initial amount invested to the ending values, according to the following
formula:

                 n
         P(1 + T)  = EV

Where:   P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000

              T = average annual total return

              n = number of years

              EV = the ending value of the $1,000 payment at the end of the
                   specified period



                                         -6-
<PAGE>



The calculation of Supplemental Total Return reflects the 1.10% annual charge
against the assets of the Sub-Accounts.  The ending value assumes that the
policy is NOT withdrawn at the end of the specified period, and there is
therefore no adjustment for the contingent deferred sales charge that would be
applicable if the policy was withdrawn at the end of the period.


The calculations of Supplemental Total Return include the deduction of an 
0.88 Annual Contract Fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual 
Contract fee based on a mean contract size of $40,000.


YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD - MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

Set forth below is yield and effective yield information for the Money Market
Sub-Account for the seven-day period ended December 31, 1995:


                                            Yield 4.22%
                                            Effective Yield 4.31%


The yield and effective yield figures are calculated by standardized methods
prescribed by rules of the SEC.  Under those methods, the yield quotation is
computed by determining the net change (exclusive of capital changes) in the
value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting
a charge reflecting the annual 1.10% deduction for mortality and expense risk
and the administrative charge, dividing the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the same period to obtain the base period return,
and then multiplying the return for a seven-day base period by (365/7), with the
resulting yield carried to the nearest hundredth of one percent.

The Money Market Sub-Account computes effective yield by compounding the
unannualized base period return by using the formula:

                                                    (365/7)
         Effective Yield = [(base period return + 1)       ] - 1

The calculations of yield and effective yield do NOT reflect the $35 Annual
Contract fee.


                              TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION

                         NON-QUALIFIED               CONVENTIONAL
                       ANNUITY CONTRACT              SAVINGS PLAN

                    After-tax contributions
                   and tax-deferred earnings
                -------------------------------
                                  Taxable Lump    After-tax contributions
                No Withdrawals   Sum Withdrawal    and taxable earnings
                --------------   --------------   -----------------------
10 Years. . . .     $107,946       $ 86,448              $ 81,693
20 Years. . . .      233,048        165,137               133,476
30 Years. . . .      503,133        335,021               218,082


This chart compares the accumulation of a $50,000 initial investment into a 
non-qualified annuity contract and a conventional savings plan. 
Contributions to the non-qualified annuity contract and the conventional 
savings plan are made after-tax. Only the gain in the non-qualified annuity 
contract will be subject to income tax in a taxable lump sum withdrawal. The 
chart assumes a 37.1% federal marginal tax rate and an 8% annual return. The 
37.1% federal marginal tax is based on a marginal tax rate of 36%, 
representative of the target market, adjusted to reflect a decrease of $3 of 
itemized deductions for each $100 of income over $117,950. Tax rates are 
subject to change as is the tax-deferred treatment of the Contracts. Income 
on non-qualified annuity contracts is taxed as ordinary income upon 
withdrawal. A 10% tax penalty may apply to early withdrawals. See "Federal 
Income Taxes" in the prospectus.

The chart does not reflect the following charges and expenses under the 
contract: 0.95% for mortality and expense risk; 0.15% administration charges; 
7% maximum deferred withdrawal charge; and $35 annual records maintenance 
charge. The tax-deferred accumulation would be reduced if these charges were 
reflected. No implication is intended by the use of these assumptions that 
the return shown is guaranteed in any way or that the return shown represents 
an average or expected rate of return over the period of the Contracts. 
[IMPORTANT - THIS IS NOT AN ILLUSTRATION OF YIELD OR RETURN.]

Unlike savings plans, contributions to non-qualified annuity contracts 
provide tax-deferred treatment on earnings. In addition, contributions to 
tax-deferred retirement annuities are not subject to current tax in the year 
of contribution. When monies are received from a non-qualified annuity 
contract (and you have many different options on how you receive your funds), 
they are subject to income tax. At the time of receipt, if the person 
receiving the monies is retired, not working or has additional tax 
exemptions, these monies may be taxed at a lesser rate.


                                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are included for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and 
Annuity Company.  Financial Statements for the Variable Account KGC are not 
included as the Variable Account has not begun operations.

                                         -7-


<PAGE>



ALLMERICA FINANCIAL
LIFE INSURANCE AND
ANNUITY COMPANY

(formerly SMA Life Assurance Company)

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 1995



<PAGE>


ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

December 31, 1995

Statutory Financial Statements
Report of Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Statement of Assets, Liabilities, Surplus and Other Funds . . . . .  3
Statement of Operations and Changes in Capital and Surplus. . . . .  4
Statement of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
Notes to Statutory Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

<PAGE>

                          REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
 Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
 (formerly known as SMA Life Assurance Company)

We have audited the accompanying statutory basis statement of assets,
liabilities, surplus and other funds of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statutory
basis statements of operations and changes in capital and surplus, and of cash
flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As described more fully in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company
prepared these financial statements using accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Delaware, which practices
differ from generally accepted accounting principles. The effects on the
financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting
and generally accepted accounting principles, although not reasonably
determinable, are presumed to be material.

In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter discussed in the preceding
paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position
of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1994, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for each of
the three years ended December 31, 1995.

<PAGE>

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
 Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
 (formerly known as SMA Life Assurance Company)

Page 2

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the assets, liabilities, surplus and other funds of
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company as of December 31, 1995
and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years ended December 31, 1995, on the basis of accounting described in
Note 1.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company's parent, State
Mutual Life Assurance Company of America, converted from a Massachusetts mutual
life insurance company to a Massachusetts stock life insurance company on
October 16, 1995. In connection with this transaction, the Company changed its
name to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company and its parent
became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation.

/s/Price Waterhouse LLP
- ------------------------
Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, MA

February 5, 1996

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

STATEMENT OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, SURPLUS AND
OTHER FUNDS
as of December 31,
(In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS                                                 1995          1994
                                                       ----          ----
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Cash                                             $      7,791    $     7,248
Investments:
   Bonds                                            1,659,575      1,595,275
   Stocks                                              18,132         12,283
   Mortgage loans                                     239,522        295,532
   Policy loans                                       122,696        116,600
   Real estate                                         40,967         51,288
   Short term investments                               3,500         45,239
   Other invested assets                               40,196         27,443
                                                  -----------    -----------

       Total cash and investments                   2,132,379      2,150,908

Premiums deferred and uncollected                      (1,231)         5,452
Investment income due and accrued                      38,413         39,442
Other assets                                            6,060         10,569
Assets held in separate accounts                    2,978,409      1,869,695
                                                  -----------    -----------

                                                  $ 5,154,030    $ 4,076,066
                                                  -----------    -----------
                                                  -----------    -----------

LIABILITIES, SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS

Liabilities:

Policy liabilities:
   Life reserves                                  $   856,239    $   890,880
   Annuity and other fund reserves                    865,216        928,325
   Accident and health reserves                       167,246        121,580
   Claims payable                                      11,047         11,720
                                                  -----------    -----------

        Total policy liabilities                    1,899,748      1,952,505

Expenses and taxes payable                             20,824         17,484
Other liabilities                                      27,499         36,466
Asset valuation reserve                                31,556         20,786
Obligations related to separate account business    2,967,547      1,859,502
                                                  -----------    -----------

        Total liabilities                           4,947,174      3,886,743
                                                  -----------    -----------

Surplus and Other Funds:
   Common stock, $1,000 par value
        Authorized - 10,000 shares
        Issued and outstanding - 2,517 shares           2,517          2,517
   Paid-in surplus                                    199,307        199,307
   Unassigned surplus (deficit)                         4,282        (13,621)
   Special contingency reserves                           750          1,120
                                                  -----------    -----------
        Total surplus and other funds                 206,856        189,323
                                                  -----------    -----------

                                                  $ 5,154,030    $ 4,076,066
                                                  -----------    -----------
                                                  -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                          3

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND
CHANGES IN CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
for the year ended December 31,
(In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REVENUE                                                              1995           1994           1993
                                                                     ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>

   Premiums and other considerations:
        Life                                                    $   156,864    $   195,633    $   189,285
        Annuities                                                   729,222        707,172        660,143
        Accident and health                                          31,790         31,927         35,718
        Reinsurance commissions and reserve adjustments              20,198          4,195          2,309
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

             Total premiums and other considerations                938,074        938,927        887,455

   Net investment income                                            167,470        170,430        177,612
   Realized capital losses, net of tax                               (2,295)       (17,172)        (7,225)
   Other revenue                                                     37,466         26,065         19,055
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

             Total revenue                                        1,140,715      1,118,250      1,076,897
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

POLICY BENEFITS AND OPERATING EXPENSES
   Policy benefits:
        Claims, surrenders and other benefits                       391,254        331,418        275,290
        Increase (decrease) in policy reserves                      (22,669)        40,113         15,292
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
             Total policy benefits                                  368,585        371,531        290,582

   Operating and selling expenses                                   150,215        164,175        160,928
   Taxes, except capital gains tax                                   26,536         22,846         19,066
   Net transfers to separate accounts                               556,856        553,295        586,539
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

             Total policy benefits and operating expenses         1,102,192      1,111,847      1,057,115
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

NET INCOME                                                           38,523          6,403         19,782

CAPITAL AND SURPLUS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                              189,323        182,216        171,941
   Unrealized capital gains (losses) on investments                   8,279         12,170         (9,052)
   Transfer from (to) asset valuation reserve                       (10,770)        (9,822)         1,974
   Other adjustments                                                (18,499)        (1,644)        (2,429)
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

CAPITAL AND SURPLUS, END OF YEAR                                 $  206,856     $  189,323     $  182,216
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

</TABLE>
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                          4

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended December 31,
(In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                 1995           1994           1993
                                                                    ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
   Premiums, deposits and other income                           $  964,129     $  962,147     $  902,725
   Allowances and reserve adjustments on
        reinsurance ceded                                            20,693          3,279         22,185
   Net investment income                                            170,949        173,294        182,843
   Net increase in policy loans                                      (6,096)        (7,585)        (7,812)
   Benefits to policyholders and beneficiaries                     (393,472)      (330,900)      (298,612)
   Operating and selling expenses and taxes                        (153,504)      (193,796)      (171,533)
   Net transfers to separate accounts                              (608,480)      (600,760)      (634,021)
   Federal income tax (excluding tax on capital gains)               (6,771)       (19,603)         (4828)
   Other sources (applications)                                     (13,642)        19,868          7,757
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                (26,194)         5,944         (1,296)
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Sales and maturities of long term investments:
        Bonds                                                       572,640        478,512        386,414
        Stocks                                                          481             63             64
        Real estate and other invested assets                        13,008          3,008         11,094
        Repayment of mortgage principal                              55,202         65,334         79,844
        Capital gains tax                                              (400)          (968)        (3,296)
   Acquisition of long term investments:
        Bonds                                                      (640,339)      (508,603)      (466,086)
        Stocks                                                          (44)          -              -
        Real estate and other invested assets                       (11,929)       (24,544)        (2,392)
        Mortgage loans                                                 (415)          (364)        (2,266)
   Other investing activities                                        (3,206)        18,934        (27,254)
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                (15,002)        31,372        (23,878)
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

Net change in cash and short term investments                       (41,196)        37,316        (25,174)

CASH AND SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS
   Beginning of the year                                             52,487         15,171         40,345
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

   End of the year                                                $  11,291      $  52,487      $  15,171
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                          5

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

NOTES TO STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company ("Allmerica Financial" or the "Company", formerly SMA Life
Assurance Company) is a wholly owned subsidiary of SMA Financial Corp., which is
wholly owned by First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("First
Allmerica", formerly, State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America), a stock
life insurance company.  On October 16, 1995, First Allmerica converted from a
mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company.  Concurrent
with this transaction, First Allmerica became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").

The stockholder's equity of the Company is being maintained at a minimum level
of 5% of general account assets by First Allmerica in accordance with a policy
established by vote of  First Allmerica's Board of Directors.

The Company's financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting
practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of
Delaware and in conformity with practices prescribed by the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC), which while common in the industry, vary in
some respects from generally accepted accounting principles.  Significant
differences include:

    -    Bonds considered to be "available-for-sale" or "trading" are not
         carried at fair value and changes in fair value are not recognized
         through surplus or the statement of operations, respectively;

    -    The Asset Valuation Reserve, represents a reserve against possible
         losses on investments and is recorded as a liability through a charge
         to surplus.  The Interest Maintenance Reserve is designed to include
         deferred realized gains and losses (net of applicable federal income
         taxes) due to interest rate changes and is also recorded as a
         liability, however, the deferred net realized investment gains and
         losses are amortized into future income generally over the original
         period to maturity of the assets sold.  These liabilities are not
         required under generally accepted accounting principles;

    -    Total premiums, deposits and benefits on certain investment-type
         contracts are reflected in the statement of operations, instead of
         using the deposit method of accounting;

    -    Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions, premium taxes and other
         items, are not deferred and amortized in relation to the revenue/gross
         profit streams from the related contracts;

    -    Benefit reserves are determined using statutorily prescribed interest,
         morbidity and mortality assumptions instead of using more realistic
         expense, interest, morbidity, mortality and voluntary withdrawal
         assumptions with provision made for adverse deviation;

    -    Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for unpaid losses are not recorded
         as assets, but as offsets against the respective liabilities;

    -    Deferred federal income taxes are not provided for temporary
         differences between amounts reported in the financial statements and
         those included in the tax returns;

    -    Certain adjustments related to prior years are recorded as direct
         charges or credits to surplus;

    -    Certain assets, designated as "non-admitted" assets (principally
         agents' balances), are not recorded as assets, but are charged to
         surplus; and,

    -    Costs related to other postretirement benefits are recognized only for
         employees that are fully vested.

                                          6

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with practices prescribed
or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Delaware and in
conformity with practices prescribed by the NAIC requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform with
the current year presentation.

VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS - Investments in bonds are carried principally at
amortized cost, in accordance with NAIC guidelines.  Preferred stocks are
carried generally at cost and common stocks are carried at market value.  Policy
loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.

Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of
unamortized discounts.  Mortgage loans are reduced for losses expected by
management to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to real estate (upon
foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage loans and on mortgage
loans which management believes may not be collectible in full.  In determining
the amount of the loss, management considers, among other things, the estimated
fair value of the underlying collateral.  Investment real estate and real estate
acquired through foreclosure are carried at the lower of depreciated cost or
market value.  Depreciation is generally calculated using the straight-line
method.

An asset valuation reserve (AVR) for bonds, mortgage loans, stocks, real estate,
and other invested assets is maintained by appropriations from surplus in
accordance with a formula specified by the NAIC and is classified as a
liability.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - In the normal course of business, the Company enters
into transactions involving various types of financial instruments including
investments such as bonds, stocks and mortgage loans and investment and loan
commitments.  These instruments involve credit risk and also may be subject to
risk of loss due to interest rate fluctuations.  The Company evaluates and
monitors each financial instrument individually and, when appropriate, obtains
collateral or other security to minimize losses.

RECOGNITION OF PREMIUM INCOME AND ACQUISITION COSTS - In general, premiums are
recognized as revenue over the premium paying period of the policies;
commissions and other costs of acquiring the policies are charged to operations
when incurred.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS - Separate account assets and liabilities represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for the benefit of certain
variable annuity and variable life contract holders.  Assets consist principally
of bonds, common stocks, mutual funds, and short term obligations at market
value.  The investment income, gains, and losses of these accounts generally
accrue to the contract holders and therefore, are not included in the Company's
net income.  Appreciation and depreciation of the Company's interest in the
separate accounts, including undistributed net investment income, is reflected
in capital and surplus.

INSURANCE RESERVES AND ANNUITY AND OTHER FUND RESERVES - Reserves for life 
insurance, annuities, and accident and health insurance are established in 
amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in 
force. These liabilities are computed based upon mortality, morbidity and 
interest rate assumptions applicable to these coverages, including provision 
for adverse deviation.  Reserves are computed using interest rates ranging 
from 3% to 6% for individual life insurance policies, 3% to 5 1/2% for 
accident and health policies and 3 1/2% to 9 1/2% for annuity contracts.  
Mortality, morbidity and withdrawal assumptions for all policies are based on 
the Company's own experience and industry standards.  The assumptions vary by 
plan, age at issue, year of issue and duration.  Claims reserves are computed 
based on historical experience modified for expected trends in frequency and 
severity.  Withdrawal characteristics of annuity and other fund reserves vary 
by contract.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, approximately 84% and 77%, 
respectively, of the contracts (included in both the general account and 
separate accounts of the Company) were not subject to discretionary 
withdrawal or were subject to withdrawal at book value less surrender charge.

All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed
above.  Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, management
believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and accruals
will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force.  The amount
of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near term if the
estimates discussed above are revised.

                                          7

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES - AFC, its life insurance subsidiaries, First Allmerica and
Allmerica Financial and its non-insurance domestic subsidiaries file a
life-nonlife consolidated United States federal income tax return.  Entities
included within the consolidated group are segregated into either a life
insurance or non-life insurance company subgroup.  The consolidation of these
subgroups is subject to certain statutory restrictions on the percentage of
eligible non-life taxable operating losses that can be applied to offset life
company taxable income.  Allmerica P&C and its subsidiaries file a separate
United States Federal income tax return.

The federal income tax allocation policies and procedures are subject to written
agreement between the companies.  The federal income tax for all subsidiaries in
the consolidated return of AFC is calculated on a separate return basis.  Any
current tax liability is paid to AFC.  Tax benefits resulting from taxable
operating losses or credits of AFC's subsidiaries are not reimbursed to the
subsidiary until such losses or credits can be utilized by the subsidiary on a
separate return basis.

CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES - Realized capital gains and losses, net of applicable
capital gains tax or benefit, exclusive of those transferred to the interest
maintenance reserve ("IMR"), are included in the statement of operations.
Unrealized capital gains and losses are reflected as direct credits or charges
to capital and surplus.  The IMR, which is included in other liabilities,
establishes a reserve for realized gains and losses, net of tax, resulting from
changes in interest rates on short and long term fixed income investments.  Net
realized gains and losses charged to the IMR are amortized into net investment
income over the remaining life of the investment sold.   The Company uses the
seriatim method of amortization for interest related gains and losses arising
from the sale of mortgages, and uses the group method to amortize interest
related gains and losses arising from all other fixed income investments.

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENTS

BONDS - The carrying value and fair value of investments in bonds are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    December 31, 1995
                                                                            Gross                Gross
                                                      Carrying             Unrealized           Unrealized            Fair
(In thousands)                                          Value             Appreciation         Depreciation           Value
                                                        -----             ------------         ------------           -----
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Federal government bonds                            $   67,039            $    3,063           $     -             $   70,102
State, local and government agency bonds                13,607                 2,290                    23             15,874
Foreign government bonds                                12,121                   772                   249             12,644
Corporate securities                                 1,471,422                55,836                 6,275          1,520,983
Mortgage-backed securities                              95,385                   951                     -             96,336
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------

Total                                               $1,659,574            $   62,912            $    6,457         $1,715,939
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------

                                                                                     December 31, 1995
                                                                             Gross                Gross
                                                      Carrying             Unrealized           Unrealized            Fair
(In thousands)                                          Value             Appreciation         Depreciation           Value
                                                        -----             ------------         ------------           -----
Federal government bonds                            $   17,651            $        8           $       762         $   16,897
State, local and government agency bonds                 1,110                    54                  -                 1,164
Foreign government bonds                                31,863                    83                 3,735             28,211
Corporate securities                                 1,462,871                 8,145                56,011          1,415,005
Mortgage-backed securities                              81,780                   268                 1,737             80,311
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------

Total                                               $1,595,275            $    8,558            $   62,245         $1,541,588
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------
                                                    ----------            ----------            ----------         ----------

</TABLE>
                                           8

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

The carrying value and fair value by contractual maturity at December 31, 1995,
are shown below.  Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties or the Company may have the right to put or
sell the obligation back to the issuer.  Mortgage-backed securities are
classified based on expected maturities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Carrying                 Fair
(In thousands)                               Value                   Value
                                             -----                   -----
<S>                                       <C>                     <C>
Due in one year or less                   $  250,578              $  258,436
Due after one year through five years        736,003                 763,179
Due after five years through ten years       538,897                 558,445
Due after ten years                          134,097                 135,880
                                          ----------              ----------

Total                                     $1,659,575              $1,715,940
                                          ----------              ----------
                                          ----------              ----------

</TABLE>

MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE - Mortgage loans and real estate investments, are
diversified by property type and location.  Real estate investments have been
obtained primarily through foreclosure.  Mortgage loans are collateralized by
the related properties and are generally no more than 75% of the property value
at the time the original loan is made.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, mortgage
loan and real estate investments were distributed by the following types and
geographic regions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)
Property Type                                    1995                1994
- -------------                                    ----                ----
<S>                                        <C>                 <C>
Office buildings                           $   127,149         $   140,292
Residential                                     59,934              57,061
Retail                                          29,578              72,787
Industrial/Warehouse                            38,192              39,424
Other                                           25,636              37,256
                                           -----------         -----------
Total                                      $   280,489         $   346,820
                                           -----------         -----------
                                           -----------         -----------

Geographic Region                                1995                1994
- -----------------                                ----                ----
South Atlantic                             $    86,410         $    92,934
East North Central                              55,991              72,704
Middle Atlantic                                 38,666              48,688
Pacific                                         32,803              39,892
West North Central                              21,486              27,377
Mountain                                         9,939              12,211
New England                                     24,886              26,613
East South Central                               5,487               6,224
West South Central                               4,821              20,177
                                            ----------          ----------

Total                                       $  280,489          $  346,820
                                            ----------          ----------
                                            ----------          ----------

</TABLE>

Reserves for mortgage loans and real estate reflected in the above amounts were
$18.9 million and $21.0 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

                                          9

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

NET INVESTMENT INCOME - The components of net investment income for the year
ended December 31 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                                        1995           1994           1993
                                                                      ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
Bonds                                                            $  122,318     $  123,495     $  126,729
Stocks                                                                1,653          1,799            953
Mortgage loans                                                       26,356         31,945         40,823
Real estate                                                           9,139          8,425          9,493
Policy loans                                                          9,486          8,797          8,215
Other investments                                                     3,951          1,651            674
Short term investments                                                2,252          1,378            840
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                    175,155        177,490        187,727
  Less investment expenses                                            9,703          9,138         11,026
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
Net investment income, before IMR amortization                      165,452        168,352        176,701
  IMR amortization                                                    2,018          2,078            911
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
Net investment income                                            $  167,470     $  170,430     $  177,612
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                 ----------     ----------     ----------

</TABLE>

REALIZED CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES - Realized capital gains (losses) on
investments for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                                        1995           1994           1993
                                                                      ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>           <C>
Bonds                                                             $    727       $    645       $ 10,133
Stocks                                                                (263)           (62)            16
Mortgage loans                                                      (1,083)       (17,142)           (83)
Real estate                                                         (1,892)           605         (2,044)
                                                                  ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                    (2,511)       (15,954)         8,022
Less income tax                                                        400            968          3,296
                                                                  ---------      ---------      ---------

Net realized capital gains (losses) before transfer to IMR          (2,911)       (16,922)         4,726
Net realized capital gains transferred to IMR                          616           (250)       (11,951)
                                                                  ---------      ---------      ---------

Net realized capital gains (losses)                               $ (2,295)      $(17,172)      $ (7,225)
                                                                  ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                  ---------      ---------      ---------
</TABLE>

Proceeds from voluntary sales of investments in bonds during 1995, 1994 and 1993
were $22.4 million, $17.9 million, and $13.2 million, respectively.  Gross gains
of $4.3 million, $3.0 million, and $4.5 million and  gross losses of $5.2
million, $4.6 million, and $ .5 million, respectively, were realized on those
sales.

NOTE 3 - FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" requires disclosure of fair value information
about certain financial instruments (insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill
and taxes are excluded) for which it is practicable to estimate such values,
whether or not these instruments are included in the balance sheet.  The fair
values presented for certain financial instruments are estimates which, in many
cases, may differ significantly from the amounts which could be recognized upon
immediate liquidation.  In cases where market prices are not available,
estimates of fair value are based on discounted cash flow analyses which utilize
current interest rates for similar financial instruments which have comparable
terms  and credit quality.

                                          10
<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments:

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

CASH AND SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS - The carrying amounts reported in the statement
of assets, liabilities, surplus and other funds approximate fair value.

BONDS - Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available.  If a
quoted market price is not available, fair values are estimated using
independent pricing sources or internally developed pricing models using
discounted cash flow analyses.

STOCKS - Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available.  If a
quoted market price is not available, fair values are estimated using
independent pricing sources or internally developed pricing models.

MORTGAGE LOANS - Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual
cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to
borrowers with similar credit ratings.  The fair value of below investment grade
mortgage loans is limited to the lesser of the present value of the cash flows
or book value.

POLICY LOANS - The carrying amount reported in the statement of assets,
liabilities, surplus and other funds approximates fair value since policy loans
have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable from the insurance contracts.

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

ANNUITY AND OTHER FUND RESERVES (WITHOUT MORTALITY/MORBIDITY FEATURES) - Fair
values for the Company's liabilities under individual annuity contracts are
estimated based on current surrender values.

The estimated fair values of the financial instruments as of December 31 were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995                                        1996
                                                                   ----                                        ----
                                                     Carrying                 Fair               Carrying              Fair
(In thousands)                                         Value                 Value                 Value              Value
                                                       -----                 -----                 -----              -----
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>                   <C>                <C>
Financial Assets:
   Cash                                             $    7,791            $    7,791            $    7,248         $    7,248
   Short term investments                                3,500                 3,500                45,239             45,239
   Bonds                                             1,659,575             1,715,940             1,595,275          1,541,588
   Stocks                                               18,132                18,414                12,283             12,590
   Mortgage loans                                      239,522               250,196               295,532            291,704
   Policy loans                                        122,696               122,696               116,600            116,600

Financial Liabilities:
   Individual annuity contracts                        803,099               797,024               869,230            862,662
   Supplemental contracts without life
     contingencies                                      16,796                16,796                16,673             16,673
   Other contract deposit funds                            632                   632                 1,105              1,105
</TABLE>
                                           11

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

NOTE 4 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The federal income tax provisions for 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $17.4 million,
$13.1 million and $8.6 million, respectively, which include taxes applicable to
realized capital gains of $.4 million, $1.0 million and $3.3 million.

The effective federal income tax rates were 27%, 67% and 30% in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively.  The differences between the federal statutory rate and the
Company's effective tax rates are primarily related to decreases in taxable
income for the write-offs of mortgage loans; and increases in taxable income for
differences in policyholder liabilities for federal income tax purposes and
financial reporting purposes and the deferral of policy acquisition costs for
federal tax purposes.

The consolidated federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and provisions are routinely made in the
financial statements in anticipation of the results of these audits.  The IRS
has completed its examination of all of the consolidated federal income tax
returns through 1988.   In management's opinion, adequate tax liabilities have
been established for all years.  However, the amount of these liabilities could
be revised in the near term if estimates of the Company's ultimate liability are
revised.

NOTE 5 - REINSURANCE

The Company participates in reinsurance to reduce overall risks, including
exposure to large losses and to permit recovery of a portion of direct losses.
Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligation to its
policyholders.  Reinsurance financial data for the years ended December 31, is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                          1995           1994           1993
                                        ----           ----           ----
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Reinsurance premiums assumed        $  3,442       $  3,788       $  4,190
Reinsurance premiums ceded
                                      42,914         17,430         14,798
Deduction from insurance
 liability including
 reinsurance recoverable on
 unpaid claims                        82,227         46,734         42,805
</TABLE>

Individual life premiums ceded to First Allmerica  aggregated $6.8 million, $7.8
million and $9.0 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The Company has
also entered into various reinsurance agreements with First Allmerica under
which certain insurance risks related to individual accident and health
business, premium income and related expenses are assumed by the Company from
First Allmerica.  Premiums assumed pursuant to these agreements aggregated $3.4
million, $3.8 million and $4.2 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively .

During the year Allmerica Financial entered into a coinsurance agreement to
reinsure substantially all of its yearly renewable term life insurance.
Premiums ceded and reinsurance credits taken under this agreement amounted to
$25.4 million and $20.7 million, respectively.  At December 31, 1995, the
deduction from insurance liability, including reinsurance recoverable on unpaid
claims under this agreement was $12.7 million.

NOTE 6 - ACCIDENT AND HEALTH POLICY  AND CLAIM LIABILITIES

The Company regularly updates its estimates of policy and claims liabilities as
new information becomes available and further events occur which may impact the
resolution of unsettled claims for its accident and health line of business.
Changes in prior estimates are generally reflected in results of operations in
the year such changes are determined to be needed and recorded.

The policy and claims liabilities related to the Company's accident and health
business were $169.7 million and $123.5 million at December  31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Accident and health policy and claims liabilities have been
re-estimated for all prior years and were increased by $42.5 million, $10.9
million and $13.2 million, in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, including $21.9
million and $2.8 million recorded as an adjustment to surplus in 1995 and 1993,
respectively.  The unfavorable development is primarily due to reserve
strengthening and adverse experience in the Company's individual accident and
health line of business.

                                          12

<PAGE>

                ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
 (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company)

NOTE 7 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

Delaware has enacted laws governing the payment of dividends to stockholders by
insurers.  These laws affect the dividend paying ability of the Company.
Pursuant to Delaware's statute, the maximum amount of dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance, is limited to the
greater of (i) 10% of its statutory policyholder surplus as of the preceding
December 31 or (ii) the individual company's statutory net gain from operations
for the preceding calendar year (if such insurer is a life company) or its net
income (not including realized capital gains) for  the preceding calendar year
(if such insurer is not a life company).  Any dividends to be paid by an
insurer, whether or not in excess of the aforementioned threshold, from a source
other than statutory earned surplus would also require the prior approval of the
Delaware Commissioner of Insurance.  At January 1, 1996, the Company could pay
dividends of $4.3 million to First Allmerica, without prior approval.

NOTE 8 - OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

First Allmerica provides management, operating personnel and facilities on a
cost reimbursement basis to the Company.  Expenses for services received from
First Allmerica were $ 85.8 million, $102.5 million and $98.9 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.  The net amounts payable to First Allmerica and
affiliates for accrued expenses and various other liabilities and receivables
were $12.6 million and $8.3 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 9 - FUNDS ON DEPOSIT

In March 1994, the Company voluntarily withdrew from being licensed in New York.
In connection with the withdrawal First Allmerica, which is licensed in New
York, became qualified to sell the products previously sold by Allmerica
Financial in New York.  The Company agreed with the New York Department of
Insurance to maintain, through a custodial account in New York, a security
deposit, the market value of which will at all times equal 102% of all
outstanding general account liabilities of the Company for New York
policyholders, claimants and creditors.  As of December 31, 1995, the carrying
value and fair value of the assets or deposit was $295.0 million and $303.6
million, respectively, which is in excess of the required amount.

Additional securities with a carrying value of $4.2 million and $3.9 million
were on deposit with various other state and governmental authorities as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 10 - LITIGATION

The Company has been named a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in
the normal course of business.  In the opinion of management, based on the
advice of legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not
have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

                                          13





<PAGE>

                              PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART A
    None

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART B
    Financial Statements for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
    Company

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART C
    None

(b) EXHIBITS

Exhibit 1 -   Vote of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
              Registrant dated June 13, 1996 was previously filed in Initial 
              Registration Statement on August 16, 1996 and is incorporated 
              by reference herein.

Exhibit 2 -   Not Applicable.  Pursuant to Rule 26a-2, the Insurance Company
              may hold the assets of the Registrant NOT pursuant to a trust
              indenture or other such instrument.

Exhibit 3 -   (a)  Wholesaling Agreement is filed herewith
              (b)  Form of Sales Agreement was previously filed in Initial
                   Registration Statement on August 16, 1996 and is
                   incorporated by reference herein.
              (c)  Broker's Agreement and Specimen Schedule of Sales
                   Commissions for Variable Annuity Policies were previously
                   filed on November 3, 1994 in Registration Statement 
                   No. 33-85916, and are incorporated by reference herein.

Exhibit 4 -   Policy Form was previously filed in Initial 
              Registration Statement on August 16, 1996 and is incorporated 
              by reference herein. 

Exhibit 5 -   Application Form was previously filed in Initial Registration 
              Statement on August 16, 1996 and is incorporated by reference 
              herein.

Exhibit 6 -   The Depositor's Articles of Incorporation, as amended effective
              October 1, 1995 to reflect its new name, and Bylaws were 
              previously filed in Initial Registration Statement on August 
              16, 1996 and is incorporated by reference herein.

Exhibit 7 -   Not Applicable.

Exhibit 8 -   None

Exhibit 9 -   Consent and Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith

Exhibit 10 -  Consent and Opinion of Independent Accountants is filed herewith

Exhibit 11 -  None.

Exhibit 12 -  None.

Exhibit 13 -  None.

Exhibit 15-   Participation Agreement is filed herewith

<PAGE>

Item 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR.

         The principal business address of all the following Directors and
         Officers is:
         440 Lincoln Street
         Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name and Position                  Principal Occupation
         -----------------                  --------------------
<S>                                <C>
Barry Z. Aframe                   Vice President and Counsel, First Allmerica
Vice President and Counsel        Financial Life Insurance Company

Abigail M. Armstrong              Secretary and Counsel, First Allmerica Financial
Secretary and Counsel             Life Insurance Company

Richard J. Baker                  Vice President and Assistant Secretary, First
Vice President                    Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

Whitworth F. Bird, Jr., M.D.      Vice President and Medical Director, First
Vice President and                Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
Medical Director

Alan R. Boyer                     Vice President, First Allmerica Financial
Vice President                    Life Insurance Company

Mark R. Colborn                   Vice President, First Allmerica
Vice President                    Financial Life Insurance Company

Lisa M. Coleman                   Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life
Vice President                    Insurance Company

Dix F. Davis                      Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life
Vice President                    Insurance Company

Bruce A. Emond                    Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life
Vice President                    Insurance Company

John P. Kavanaugh                 Director and Vice President, First Allmerica 
Director and                      Financial Life Insurance Company
Vice President

John F. Kelly                     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Director,
Director                          First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

Joseph W. MacDougall, Jr.         Vice President, Associate General Counsel, and
Vice President, Associate         Assistant Secretary, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
General Counsel                   Company
and Assistant Secretary

J. Barry May                      Director, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Director                          Company

William H. Mawdsley               Vice President and Actuary, First Allmerica Financial Life
Vice President and Actuary        Insurance Company

James R. McAuliffe                Director and President, Citizens Insurance Company
Director                          of America

<PAGE>

Roderick A. McGarry, II           Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Vice President                    Company

John W. Nunley                    Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Vice President                    Company

John F. O'Brien                   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, First
Director and Chairman of          Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
the Board

Edward J. Parry, III              Director, Vice President and Treasurer, First Allmerica 
Director, Vice President          Financial Life Insurance Company
and Treasurer      

Richard M. Reilly                 Director and Vice President, First Allmerica Financial
Director, President and CEO       Life Insurance Company

Eric A. Simonsen                  Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
Director, Vice President and      First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
Chief Financial Officer

Ann K. Tripp                      Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Vice President                    Company

Jerome F. Weihs                   Vice President, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Vice President                    Company

</TABLE>

Item 26.  PERSONS UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.  See attached 
          organization chart.


                  ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


           NAME                                   ADDRESS              TYPE OF BUSINESS
           ----                                   -------              ----------------
<S>                                          <C>                      <C>
AAM Equity Fund                             440 Lincoln Street       Massachusetts Grantor
                                            Worcester MA 01653         Trust

Allmerica Asset Management, Inc.            440 Lincoln Street       Investment advisory
                                            Worcester MA 01653         services

Allmerica Employees Insurance               440 Lincoln Street       Insurance Agency
  Agency, Inc.                              Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Financial Life Insurance          440 Lincoln Street       Life insurance, accident
  and Annuity Company                       Worcester MA 01653         & health insurance,
                                                                       annuities, variable
                                                                       annuities and variable
                                                                       life insurance

Allmerica Financial Services                440 Lincoln Street       Insurance Agency
  Insurance Agency, Inc.                    Worcester, MA 01653

Allmerica Funds                             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653


Allmerica Institutional Services, Inc.      440 Lincoln Street       Accounting, marketing
                                            Worcester MA 01653         and shareholder

<PAGE>

                                                                      services for investment
                                                                      companies

Allmerica Investment Services, Inc.         440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
  (formerly Allmerica Financial             Worcester, MA 01653
  Services, Inc.)

Allmerica Investment Management             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Advisory
  Company, Inc.                             Worcester MA 01653         Services

Allmerica Investments, Inc.                 440 Lincoln Street       Securities, retail broker-
                                            Worcester MA 01653         dealer

Allmerica Investment Trust                  440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
  (formerly SMA Investment Trust)           Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Property and Casualty             440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
 Companies, Inc.                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Realty Advisors, Inc.             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Advisory
                                            Worcester MA 01653         services

Allmerica Securities Trust                  440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Services, Inc.                    440 Lincoln Street       Service Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Trust Company, N.A.               440 Lincoln Street       Limited purpose national
                                            Worcester MA 01653         trust company

AMGRO, Inc.                                 472 Lincoln Street       Premium financing
                                            Worcester MA 01653

APC Funding Corp.                           440 Lincoln Street       Special purpose funding
                                            Worcester MA 01653         vehicle for commercial
                                                                       paper

Beltsville Drive Limited                    440 Lincoln Street       Real estate partnership
  Partnership                               Worcester MA 01653

Citizens Corporation                        440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Citizens Insurance Company of America       645 West Grand River     Multi-line fire &
                                            Howell MI 48843            casualty insurance


Citizens Insurance Company of Ohio          645 West Grand River     Multi-line fire &
                                            Howell MI 48843            casualty insurance

Citizens Management, Inc.                   645 West Grand River     Services management
                                            Howell MI 48843            company

Greendale Special Placements Fund           440 Lincoln Street       Massachusetts Grantor
                                            Worcester MA 01653         Trust

The Hanover American Insurance              100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
  Company                                   Worcester MA 01653         casualty insurance

The Hanover Insurance Company               100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
                                            Worcester MA 01605         casualty insurance

Hanover Texas Insurance                     801 East Campbell Road   Incorporated Branch
  Management Company, Inc.                  Richardson TX  75081       Office of The Hanover
                                                                       Insurance Company

Hanover Lloyd's Insurance Company           801 East Campbell Road   Multi-line fire &
                                            Richardson TX 75081        casualty insurance

<PAGE>

Hollywood Center, Inc.                      440 Lincoln Street       General business
                                            Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Linder Skokie Real Estate                   440 Lincoln Street       General business
  Corporation                               Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Lloyds Credit Corporation                   440 Lincoln Street       Premium financing
                                            Worcester MA 01653         service franchises

Logan Wells Water Company, Inc.             603 Heron Drive          Water Company, serving
                                            Bridgeport NJ 08014        land development
                                                                       investment

Massachusetts Bay Insurance                 100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
  Company                                   Worcester MA 01653         casualty

SMA Financial Corp.                         440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Somerset Square, Inc.                       440 Lincoln Street       General business
                                            Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Sterling Risk Management Services, Inc.     100 North Parkway        Risk management
                                            Worcester MA 01605         services
</TABLE>

Item 27.  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS.

     The Variable Account has no Policyholders because operations have not 
yet begun.


Item 28.  INDEMNIFICATION.

Article VIII of the Bylaws of the Depositor state:  Each Director and each
Officer of the Corporation, whether or not in office, (and his executors or
administrators), shall be indemnified or reimbursed by the Corporation against
all expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him in the defense or
reasonable settlement of any action, suit, or proceeding in which he is made a
party by reason of his being or having been a Director or Officer of the
Corporation, including any sums paid in settlement or to discharge judgement,
except in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such
action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of his duties as such Director or Officer;  and the foregoing right
of indemnification or reimbursement shall not affect any other rights to which
he may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation, any statute, bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

Item 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

(a)  Allmerica Investments, Inc. also acts as principal underwriter for the
following:
      -  VEL Account, VEL II Account, Group Vel, Separate Accounts VA-A, VA-B,
         VA-C, VA-G, VA-H, VA-K, VA-P, Allmerica Select Separate Account 
         Inheiritage Account, Separate Account KG, and Fulcrum Separate 
         Account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
         Company
      -  Separate Accounts I, VA-K, VA-P, VEL II Account, Inheiritage Account 
         Group VEL Account, Allmerica Select Separate Account, Fulcrum Variable
         Life Separate Account, Fulcrum Separate Account, Separate 
         Account KG and KGC of First Allmerica Financial
         Life Insurance Company.
      -  Allmerica Investment Trust

(b) The Principal Business Address of each of the following Directors and
    Officers of Allmerica Investments, Inc. is:
         440 Lincoln Street
         Worcester, Massachusetts 01653

    Name                               Position or Office with Underwriter
    ----                               -----------------------------------

Emil J. Aberizk                        Vice President

Abigail M. Armstrong                   Secretary and Counsel

Phillip J. Coffey                      Vice President

Thomas J. Cunningham                   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                       and Controller
<PAGE>

John F. Kelly                          Director

William F. Monroe, Jr.                 Vice President

David J. Mueller                       Vice President

John F. O'Brien                        Director

Stephen Parker                         President, Director and Chief
                                       Executive Officer

Edward J. Parry, III                   Treasurer

Richard M. Reilly                      Director

Eric a. Simonsen                       Director

Mark Steinberg                         Senior Vice President



Item 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section 31(a)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 thereunder are
maintained by the Company at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts or on
behalf of the Company by The First Data Investor Services, Inc. at 4400 Computer
Drive, Westboro, Massachusetts 01581.

Item 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

The Company provides daily unit value calculations and related services for 
the Company's separate accounts.

Item 32.  UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.

(b) The registrant hereby undertakes to include in the prospectus a postcard
that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.

(c) The registrant hereby undertakes to deliver a Statement of Additional
Information promptly upon written or oral request, according to the requirements
of Form N-4.

(d) Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act may be
permitted to Directors, Officers and Controlling Persons of Registrant under any
registration statement, underwriting agreement or otherwise, Registrant has been
advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a Director, Officer or Controlling Person of Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
Director, Officer or Controlling Person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

(e) Rule 26(e) Representations

The Company hereby undertakes that the aggregate fees and charges under the 
contract are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses 
expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by the Insurance Company.

Item 33.  REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 403(b)
PLANS AND UNDER THE TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.

Registrant, a separate account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company ("Company"), states that it is (a) relying on Rule 6c-7 under the 1940
Act with respect to withdrawal restrictions under the Texas Optional Retirement
Program ("Program") and (b) relying on the "no-action" letter (Ref. No. IP-6-88)
issued on November 28, 1988 to the American Council of Life Insurance, in
applying the withdrawal restrictions of Internal Revenue Code Section
403(b)(11).  Registrant has taken the following steps in reliance on the letter:

1.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
    the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in the prospectus
    of each registration statement used in connection with the offer of the


<PAGE>

    Company's variable contracts.

2.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
    the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in sales
    literature used in connection with the offer of the Company's variable
    contracts.

3.  Sales Representatives who solicit participants to purchase the variable
    contracts have been instructed to specifically bring the redemption
    restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) to the
    attention of potential participants.

4.  A signed statement acknowledging the participant's understanding of (I) the
    restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11)
    and (ii) the investment alternatives available under the employer's
    arrangement will be obtained from each participant who purchases a variable
    annuity contract prior to or at the time of purchase.

Registrant hereby represents that it will not act to deny or limit a transfer
request except to the extent that a Service-Ruling or written opinion of
counsel, specifically addressing the fact pattern involved and taking into
account the terms of the applicable employer plan, determines that denial or
limitation is necessary for the variable annuity contracts to meet the
requirements of the Program or of Section 403(b).  Any transfer request not so
denied or limited will be effected as expeditiously as possible.





<PAGE>

                            SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the 
undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Worcester, and 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 10th day of December, 1996. 

                                  SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF
                                  ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                  AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                                  By: /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary



SIGNATURES                        TITLE                         DATE
- ----------                        -----                         ----

/s/ John F. O'Brien     Director and 
John F. O'Brien         Chairman of the Board

/s/ Bruce C. Anderson   Director
Bruce C. Anderson

/s/ John P. Kavanaugh   Director and                        December 10, 1996
John P. Kavanaugh       Vice President

/s/ John F. Kelly       Director
John F. Kelly

/s/ James R. McAuliffe  Director
James R. McAuliffe

/s/ Edward J. Parry III Vice President and Treasurer
Edward J. Parry III     (Chief Accounting Officer)

/s/ Richard M. Reilly   Director, President and 
Richard M. Reilly       Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Larry C. Renfro     Director
Larry C. Renfro

/s/ Eric A. Simonsen    Director, Vice President and Chief
Eric A. Simonsen        Financial Officer

/s/ Phillip E. Soule    Director
Phillip E. Soule



<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT TABLE

   

Exhibit 3(a) -   Wholesaling Agreement

Exhibit 9    -   Consent and Opinion of Counsel.

Exhibit 10   -   Consent of Independent Accountants

Exhibit 15   -   Participation Agreement

    



<PAGE>

                           WHOLESALING AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of  November 5, 1996 by and between ALLMERICA FINANCIAL 
LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY, a Delaware insurance company (the 
"Company"), ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., a Massachusetts corporation (the 
"Underwriter"), Kemper Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("KDI"),  
ZKI Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ZKIA" and , together with KDI, 
collectively, the "Wholesaler"), and the insurance agency affiliates of the 
Wholesaler listed on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as 
the "Wholesaler Agency Affiliates").

                                 WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or proposes to register with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission interests in certain variable annuity 
contracts and variable life insurance contracts under the Securities Act of 
1933 and proposes to issue and sell such contracts through the Underwriter 
acting as the principal underwriter for such contracts; and

WHEREAS, the Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler desire to establish 
an arrangement whereby the Wholesaler will act as the wholesaler for such 
variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts and, as 
such, will recruit business firms to distribute such contracts;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the 
Underwriter and the Wholesaler hereby agree as follows:

<PAGE>


1. DEFINITIONS

   a.  ACCOUNT -- Each and any separate account established by the Company 
   and listed on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, as amended from time to 
   time. The phrase "Account supporting the Contracts" or "Account 
   supporting a class of Contracts" shall mean the separate account 
   identified in such Contracts as the separate account to which the 
   Purchase Payments made under such Contracts are allocated and as to 
   which income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets 
   allocated to such separate account, are, in accordance with such 
   Contracts, credited to or charged against such separate account without 
   regard to other income, gains, or losses of the Company or any other 
   separate account established by the Company.

   b.  CONTRACTS -- The variable annuity contracts and variable life 
   insurance contracts described more specifically on Schedule 3 to this 
   Agreement, as amended from time to time. The term "Contracts" shall 
   include various Account sub-account investment options, investment 
   options in the Company's general account and Guarantee Period Accounts, 
   if available, any riders to such contracts and any other contracts 
   offered in connection therewith or any contracts for which such 
   Contracts may be exchanged or converted. The phrase "a class of 
   Contracts" shall mean those variable annuity contracts or variable life 
   insurance contracts, as the case may be, issued on the same policy form 
   or forms and covered by the same Registration Statement, as shown on 
   Schedule 3 to this Agreement.

   c.  REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is in 
   effect, the currently effective registration statement filed with the 
   SEC under the 1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment 
   thereto, relating to a class of Contracts, including financial 
   statements included in, and all exhibits to, such registration statement 
   or post-effective amendment. (For purposes of Sections 5.a. and 11 of 
   this Agreement, however, the term "Registration Statement" means any 
   document that is or at any time was a Registration Statement within the 
   meaning of this Section 1.c.).

                                       2

<PAGE>

   d.  PROSPECTUS -- The prospectus and any statement of additional 
   information included within a Registration Statement, except that, if 
   the prospectus and statement of additional information most recently 
   filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act after the 
   date on which the Registration Statement became effective differs from 
   the prospectus and statement of additional information included within 
   the Registration Statement at the time it became effective, the term 
   "Prospectus" shall refer to the most recently filed prospectus and 
   statement of additional information filed under Rule 497 under the 1933 
   Act from and after the date on which they each shall have been filed. 
   (For purposes of Sections 5.a. and 11 of this Agreement, however, the 
   term "any Prospectus" means any document that is or at any time was a 
   Prospectus within the meaning of this Section l.d.).

   e.  FUND --Kemper Investors Fund.

   f. FUND REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is 
   in effect, the currently effective registration statement filed with the 
   SEC under the 1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment 
   thereto, for shares of the Fund. (For purposes of Section 11 of this 
   Agreement, however, the term "Fund Registration Statement" means any 
   document that is or at any time was a Fund Registration Statement within 
   the meaning of this Section l.f.).

   g. FUND PROSPECTUS -- At any time while this Agreement is in effect, 
   the prospectus and statement of additional information for the Fund most 
   recently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. 
   (For purposes of Section 11 of this Agreement, however, the term "Fund 
   Prospectus" means any document that is or at any time was a Fund 
   Prospectus within the meaning of this Section l.g.).

   h.  1933 ACT -- The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

   i.  1934 ACT -- The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                       3

<PAGE>

   j.  1940 ACT -- The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

   k.  SEC -- The Securities and Exchange Commission.

   l.  NASD -- The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    
   m.  REGULATIONS -- The rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC 
   under the 1933 Act, the  1934  Act  and  the 1940 Act as in effect at 
   the time this Agreement is executed or thereafter promulgated, and 
   as they may be amended from time to time.

   n.  TERRITORY -- The fifty states of the United States, the District of 
   Columbia, and all other territories of the United States.

   o.  STATE -- Any state or commonwealth of the United States, the 
   District of Columbia or any other territory of the United States. 
   Provided, however, that the term "State" shall not include the states of 
   New York and Hawaii.

   p.  BROKER-DEALER -- An entity registered as a broker-dealer and 
   licensed as a life insurance agent or affiliated with an entity so 
   licensed, and recruited by the Wholesaler and subsequently authorized by 
   the Company and the Underwriter to distribute the Contracts pursuant to 
   a sales agreement with the Company and the Underwriter entered into in 
   accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement.

   q.  ASSOCIATED PERSON -- This term as used in this Agreement shall have 
   the meaning assigned to it in the 1934 Act.

                                       4

<PAGE>


   r.  REPRESENTATIVE -- An Associated Person of the Wholesaler or a 
   Broker-Dealer registered with the NASD as a registered representative or 
   principal of the Wholesaler or Broker-Dealer, as  the  case may be.

   s.  PURCHASE PAYMENT -- A payment made under a Contract by an applicant 
   or purchaser to purchase benefits under the Contract. 

   t.  PROCEDURES -- The administrative procedures prepared and distributed 
   by the Company, as such may be amended or supplemented from time to 
   time, relating to the solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts. 
   Provided, however, that Broker-Dealers shall only be responsible for 
   compliance with those Procedures which have been furnished to them in 
   writing.

   u.  PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT -- The agreement dated as of  November 5, 
   1996, among the Company, KDI, Zurich Kemper Investments and the Fund 
   relating to the investment of assets of the separate accounts of the 
   Company in the Fund.

2.  APPOINTMENT AND WHOLESALING RIGHTS

   a.  The Company hereby authorizes the Wholesaler to represent the 
   Company in the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. 
   Where required by relevant state insurance law, the Company hereby 
   appoints the Wholesaler as an agent under such state insurance laws to 
   represent the Company in the wholesaling activities contemplated by this 
   Agreement. In those states in which the Wholesaler is not licensed as an 
   insurance agent and the relevant state insurance law requires that the 
   Wholesaler be licensed as an insurance agent, the Company hereby 
   appoints the appropriate entity or individual ("Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliate") affiliated with the Wholesaler (as set forth on Schedule 1 
   to this Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by 
   the Wholesaler to reflect changes in the licensing status, if any, as 
   required by relevant state insurance law of the Wholesaler or Wholesaler 
   Agency 

                                       5

<PAGE>

   Affiliates) as its agent under the insurance laws to engage in such 
   wholesaling activities. The Underwriter hereby authorizes the 
   Wholesaler under applicable securities laws to engage in the activities 
   contemplated in this Agreement relating to the wholesaling of the 
   Contracts for which the Underwriter acts or may act as principal 
   underwriter.

   In jurisdictions where neither the Wholesaler nor any Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliate is licensed as contemplated by  the first paragraph of this 
   Section 2.a., when requested in writing by the Wholesaler, the Company 
   will perform such wholesaling activities related to the Contracts 
   contemplated by this Agreement as are mutually agreed upon by the 
   Company and the Wholesaler. Any such wholesaling activities will be 
   performed by the Company as agent and for the benefit of the Wholesaler, 
   until such time as the Wholesaler notifies the Company and the 
   Underwriter that the Wholesaler or its Wholesaler Agency Affiliate is so 
   licensed. The Company shall be compensated by the Wholesaler for its 
   performance of such wholesaling activities on such basis as is mutually 
   agreed upon by the Company and the Wholesaler.

   b.  The Wholesaler (both on its own behalf and on behalf of Wholesaler 
   Agency Affiliates) undertakes to use its best efforts to recruit 
   Broker-Dealers in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement, 
   consistent with market conditions and in compliance with its 
   responsibilities under the federal securities laws and NASD rules and 
   regulations. The obligations of the Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliates hereunder are further subject to the accuracy of the 
   representations and warranties of the Company and the Underwriter 
   contained in this Agreement and to the performance by the Company of its 
   obligations hereunder.
    
   c.  The appointment and authorization of the Wholesaler and Wholesaler 
   Agency Affiliates to engage in wholesaling activities pursuant to this 
   Agreement is exclusive as to the Contracts listed on Schedule 3, as 
   amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.e. of this 
   Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Underwriter shall authorize any 
   other person (as principal underwriter or otherwise) to engage in 

                                       6

<PAGE>

   wholesaling or distribution activities with respect to the Contracts or 
   to recruit business firms to engage in wholesaling or distribution 
   activities with respect to the Contracts (other than business firms 
   recommended by the Wholesaler pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement) 
   without the Wholesaler's prior written consent, nor shall the Company or 
   the Underwriter, without the Wholesaler's prior written consent, 
   separately engage in wholesaling or distribution activities relating to 
   the Contracts.

   The Company shall design the Contracts,  and any amendments or riders 
   thereto,  subject to approval by the Wholesaler. Throughout the term of 
   this Agreement, the Contracts shall be issued and offered for sale by 
   the Company and the variable portion thereof shall be supported by the 
   Accounts. The Company alone shall be responsible for filing the initial 
   Registration Statements and any amendments thereto with the SEC in 
   accordance with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act, 1940 Act and the Regulations to 
   register interests in each class of Contracts. The Company will not 
   make any amendment or rider to the Contracts or a class of Contracts, or 
   file a Registration Statement, or make an amendment to a Registration 
   Statement or supplement to a Prospectus, without the Wholesaler having 
   been given the opportunity to review any such filing, amendment, rider 
   or supplement. However, such opportunity to review shall not make the 
   Wholesaler responsible for the content of any such filing, amendment, 
   rider or supplement; the Company alone shall be responsible for such 
   content.

   The Company shall register its Accounts with the SEC. All amounts 
   available under the Contracts shall be invested only in the Fund 
   (through the Account(s) supporting the Contracts) and/or allocated to 
   the Company's general account, or to one or more of the Guarantee Period 
   Accounts referred to in the Prospectus,  provided that such amounts may 
   also be invested in an investment company or investment vehicle other 
   than the Fund if: (1) such other investment company is advised by the 
   Fund's investment adviser; (2) the Fund and/or Wholesaler, in their sole 
   discretion, consents to the use of such other investment company or 
   investment vehicle; (3) there is a substitution of the Fund made in 
   accordance with Section 10.1(e) of the Participation Agreement; or (4) 
   the Participation Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article X of the 
   Participation Agreement. The Company will not take action to operate 
   any Account or 

                                       7

<PAGE>

   any subaccount(s) of an Account, as a management investment company 
   under the 1940 Act without the Fund's and Wholesaler's prior written 
   consent.  

   All assets in the Guarantee Period Accounts referred to in the 
   Prospectus shall be managed by Zurich Investment Management, Inc. 
   ("ZIM") pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement being executed 
   contemporaneously herewith by the Company and ZIM for so long as such 
   Investment Management Agreement is in effect.

   d.  The Company shall obtain appropriate authorizations, to the extent 
   necessary, whether by registration, qualification, approval or 
   otherwise, for the issuance and sale of the Contracts (including all 
   investment options) in each State in the Territory (provided, however, 
   that it shall be within the Company's discretion whether to obtain such 
   authorization in Guam). The Company shall also use its best efforts to 
   obtain any additional state regulatory approvals necessary for the sale 
   and issuance of the Contracts including, without limitation, approvals 
   required under California Insurance Bulletin 95-2. From time to time, 
   the Company shall notify the Wholesaler in writing of all States in the 
   Territory in which the Contracts can then lawfully be offered. To the 
   extent that the Company is not authorized to issue the Contracts in any 
   State in the Territory, the Company shall employ all reasonable efforts 
   to obtain such authorization in such State (provided, however, that it 
   shall be within the Company's discretion whether to obtain such 
   authorization in Guam).

   e.  The Wholesaler may unilaterally amend Schedule 1 from time to time 
   pursuant to Section 2.a. of this Agreement. The parties to this 
   Agreement may amend Schedules 2 and 3 to this Agreement from time to 
   time by mutual agreement to reflect changes in or relating to the 
   Contracts and the Accounts and to add new classes of variable annuity 
   contracts and variable life insurance contracts to be issued by the 
   Company or for which the Wholesaler will act as wholesaler. Schedule 2 
   to this Agreement will be automatically amended by the Company from time 
   to time to reflect the addition and deletion of 

                                       8

<PAGE>

   subaccounts and Fund portfolios. The provisions of this Agreement shall 
   be equally applicable to each such class of Contracts, unless the 
   context otherwise requires. Schedule 4 to this Agreement may be amended 
   only by mutual agreement of the parties to this Agreement pursuant to 
   Section 9 of this Agreement.

3. RECRUITMENT OF BROKER-DEALERS AND RELATED RESPONSIBILITIES

   a.  The Company and the Underwriter hereby authorize the Wholesaler and 
   any Wholesaler Agency Affiliates to contact and recommend business firms 
   to act as Broker-Dealers for the sale of the Contracts. The Company 
   shall have the right to reject any such recommendation, but shall not do 
   so arbitrarily or unreasonably,  and any such rejection shall be in 
   writing and state the reasons therefor.

   b.  The Company and the Underwriter shall have the responsibility for: 
   (i) executing appropriate sales agreements with the business firms 
   recommended by the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and (ii) 
   appointing such business firms, and/or Associated Persons of such firms, 
   as insurance agents of the Company in those States where such business 
   firms and/or Associated Persons possess insurance agent licenses. None 
   of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the Company or the 
   Underwriter shall have responsibility for, or bear the cost of, any 
   registration or licensing of Broker-Dealers or any of their Associated 
   Persons with the SEC, NASD or any state insurance, governmental or 
   regulatory agency. The costs of appointment shall be borne as provided 
   in Section 9.c. hereof. The Company shall maintain the appointment 
   records of all agents appointed by the Company to distribute the 
   Contracts or, if required by relevant state law, to engage in the 
   wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. The Company 
   shall provide KDI with a complete listing of all agents appointed by the 
   Company to distribute the Contracts and shall provide KDI with an 
   updated listing at least monthly.

                                       9

<PAGE>


   c.  Any sales agreement entered into by the Company and/or the 
   Underwriter with a Broker-Dealer shall provide that:

       (i) The Broker-Dealer (or an affiliated person duly registered as a 
       broker-dealer with the SEC) shall train, supervise, and be solely 
       responsible for the conduct of all of its Associated Persons in the 
       proper method of solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts 
       for the purpose of complying on a continuous basis with the NASD 
       Rules of Fair Practice and with federal and state securities and 
       insurance law requirements applicable in connection with the 
       offering and sale of the Contracts;

       (ii) Purchase Payments for the Contracts  shall be made payable to 
       the Company and shall be delivered together with all applications 
       and related information in accordance with the Procedures;

       (iii) The Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance agency 
       affiliates shall be solely responsible for all compensation paid to 
       its Representatives and all related tax reporting that may be 
       required under applicable law;

       (iv) The Broker-Dealer and its Representatives shall not use, 
       develop or distribute any promotional, sales or advertising material 
       that has not been approved in writing by the Company,  the 
       Underwriter and the Wholesaler and filed with the appropriate 
       governmental or regulatory agencies; and

       (v)  The Broker-Dealer shall not have authority, on behalf of the 
       Company, the Underwriter, the Wholesaler or the  Wholesaler Agency 
       Affiliates,  to make, alter or discharge any Contract or other 
       contract entered into pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract 
       forfeiture provision; to extend the time of paying any Purchase 
       Payment; to receive any monies or Purchase Payments (except for the 
       sole purpose of forwarding monies or Purchase Payments to the 
       Company); or to expend, or contract 

                                      10

<PAGE>

       for the expenditure of, funds of the Company,  the Underwriter,  the 
       Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates.

   d.  The Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall provide such 
   assistance to the Company in the appointment procedure applicable to 
   Broker-Dealers and their Representatives as may be reasonably requested 
   by the Company.

   e.  The Wholesaler shall train, supervise, and be solely responsible for 
   the conduct of all of its Associated Persons (including Wholesaler 
   Agency Affiliates, but not Broker-Dealers or their Representatives 
   unaffiliated with the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates), 
   for the purpose of complying on a continuous basis with the NASD Rules 
   of Fair Practice and with federal and state securities and insurance 
   laws applicable to the wholesaling activities contemplated in this 
   Agreement. The Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall be 
   responsible for the maintenance of licenses, certifications or permits 
   that they determine to be necessary for themselves and/or their 
   Associated Persons pursuant to any federal or state securities law or 
   state insurance law.

   f.  None of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the 
   Company or the Underwriter will have any supervisory responsibility (as 
   such supervision is contemplated by the 1934 Act or the NASD's Rules of 
   Fair Practice) with respect to Broker-Dealers or their Representatives. 
   Under no circumstances will the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliates be responsible for Broker-Dealers' or their Representatives' 
   failure to comply with applicable law or the Procedures.

   g.  The Wholesaler shall not have authority on behalf of the Company to 
   make, alter or discharge any Contract or other contract entered into 
   pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract forfeiture provision; to 
   extend the time of paying any Purchase Payment; or to receive any monies 
   or Purchase Payments. The Wholesaler shall not expend, nor contract for 
   the expenditure of, funds of the Company; nor shall the 

                                      11

<PAGE>

   Wholesaler possess or exercise any authority on behalf of the Company 
   other than that expressly conferred on the Wholesaler by this Agreement.
   
   h.  The Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall act as 
   independent contractors in the performance of their duties and 
   obligations under this Agreement and nothing contained in this Agreement 
   shall constitute the Wholesaler or any Wholesaler Agency Affiliate or 
   their respective Associated Persons as employees of the Company or the 
   Underwriter in connection with the wholesaling activities contemplated 
   by this Agreement or otherwise.

   i.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the wholesaling 
   activities contemplated by this Agreement shall not involve the 
   solicitation of any insurance business from the public, or any act or 
   activity which would require registration as a life insurance or 
   variable annuity agent dealing with the public, including without 
   limitation, activities or conduct involving the solicitation, 
   negotiation, procurement, collection or transmittal of any premium or 
   other consideration on any insurance policy or annuity contract, or any 
   other act involving the consummation or delivery of any insurance policy 
   or annuity contract to a policy holder or the general public.

4. MARKETING AND SALES

   a.  Except as otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Wholesaler, the 
   Wholesaler shall be responsible for the design and cost of all 
   promotional, sales and advertising material relating to the Contracts, 
   which include the marketing brochure, application, broker-dealer guide 
   book, asset allocator worksheet and Prospectus covers.

                                      12

<PAGE>


   Prior to use with any member of the public, the Wholesaler shall provide 
   to the Company copies of all promotional, sales and advertising material 
   developed by the Wholesaler for the Company's review and written 
   approval. Upon receipt of such material from the Wholesaler, the 
   Company shall be given a reasonable amount of time to complete its 
   review. The Company will respond on a prompt and timely basis in 
   approving any such material. Failure to respond shall not relieve the 
   Wholesaler of the obligation to obtain the prior written approval of the 
   Company.

   In the event that the Company shall design any promotional, sales or 
   advertising material relating to the Contracts, the Company shall 
   provide to the Wholesaler copies of such material for the Wholesaler's 
   review and written approval. Upon receipt of such material from the 
   Company, the Wholesaler shall be given a reasonable amount of time to 
   complete its review. The Wholesaler will respond on a prompt and timely 
   basis in approving any such material. Failure to respond shall not 
   relieve the Company of the obligation to obtain the prior written 
   approval of the Wholesaler.

   The Underwriter shall be responsible for filing, as required, all 
   promotional, sales or advertising material, whether developed by the 
   Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, with the NASD and any 
   federal and state securities, governmental or regulatory agencies. The 
   Company shall be responsible for filing, as required, such material, 
   whether developed by the Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, 
   with any state insurance, governmental or regulatory agencies. Neither 
   the Wholesaler nor the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall have any 
   responsibility for any of the filings referred to in this paragraph.

   If any such promotional, sales or advertising material names the Fund or 
   the Fund's investment adviser, the Company shall furnish such material 
   to the Fund or the Fund's distributor (if other than the Wholesaler) 
   prior to its use. Such material shall not be used unless written 
   approval has been obtained from the Fund or the Fund's distributor. 
   Failure of the Fund or the Fund's distributor to respond shall not 
   relieve the 

                                      13

<PAGE>

   Company or the Underwriter of the obligation to obtain the 
   prior written approval of the Fund or the Fund's distributor.

   b.  The Wholesaler acknowledges that the Company shall have the right to 
   reject, in whole or in part, any application for a Contract, provided 
   (i) that there must be a reasonable basis (as determined by the Company) 
   for any such rejection, which basis shall be specified in writing by the 
   Company upon request by the Wholesaler and (ii) that the projected 
   profitability or lack of profitability of a Contract shall not be a 
   basis for rejection. In the event an application is rejected, any 
   Purchase Payment submitted will be returned by or on behalf of the 
   Company to the applicant. The Company will notify the Wholesaler and 
   the Broker-Dealer who submitted the Purchase Payment of such action. In 
   the event that a purchaser exercises his/her free look right under 
   his/her Contract, any amount to be refunded as provided in such Contract 
   will be so refunded to the purchaser by or on behalf of the Company. 
   The Company will notify the Wholesaler and the Broker-Dealer who 
   solicited the sale of the Contract of such action.

   c.  The Company and the Wholesaler shall equally share the costs (other 
   than those borne by the Fund pursuant to the Participation Agreement) 
   for printing any preliminary and all definitive Prospectuses for the 
   Contracts and Fund Prospectuses and any supplements thereto.

   d. The Wholesaler will pay the following expenses (other than those 
   borne by the fund pursuant to the Participating Agreement ) related to 
   its wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement: 

       (i) the compensation, if any, of its Associated Persons;

       (ii) expenses associated with the initial licensing, if any, and 
       training of its Associated Persons involved in the wholesaling 
       activities;

                                      14

<PAGE>


       (iii) the development, printing and mailing of any promotional, 
       sales or advertising material for use in connection with the 
       distribution of the Contracts;

       (iv) the printing, mailing, and all other activities associated with 
       proxy solicitations;

       (v) expenses associated with telecommunications with the Company at 
       the sites of the Wholesaler or its Associated Persons, including 
       site installations and purchases, leases or rentals of modems, 
       terminals and other hardware, and lease line telephone charges; and 

       (vi) any other expenses incurred by the Wholesaler or its Associated 
       Persons for the purpose of carrying out the obligations of the 
       Wholesaler hereunder. 

       Except for such expenses and the expenses described in Section 4.c. 
       of this Agreement, the Wholesaler shall not be responsible for any 
       expenses relating to the Contracts or distribution of the Contracts 
       or the processing of Contracts or applications, including without 
       limitation any expenses incurred in connection with the return of 
       Purchase Payments solicited by Broker-Dealers for applications 
       rejected or not timely received by the Company.

   e.  The Company will pay all expenses in connection with:

       (i) the preparation and filing with appropriate governmental or 
       regulatory agencies of the Registration Statements and each 
       preliminary Prospectus and definitive Prospectus;

       (ii) the preparation and issuance of the Contracts;

                                      15

<PAGE>


       (iii) any authorization, registration, qualification or approval of 
       the Contracts required under the securities, blue-sky laws or 
       insurance laws of the States in the Territory; 

       (iv) registration fees for the Contracts payable to the SEC, the 
       NASD or any other governmental or regulatory agency;

       (v) the mailing of Prospectuses for the Contracts and Fund 
       Prospectuses, any supplements thereto, as required by federal 
       securities laws, and periodic reports relating to the Fund or the 
       Accounts to Contract owners;

       (vi) the preparation of administrative forms utilized in connection 
       with the distribution of the Contracts; 

       (vii) the preparation of Contract owner lists for the purposes of 
       proxy solicitations; and

       (viii) compensation as provided in Section 9 hereof.

   f.  The Company alone shall be responsible for and bear the cost of 
   administration of the   Contracts following their issuance, including 
   all Contract owner service and communication activities, but the 
   Wholesaler shall be responsible for answering inquiries from 
   Broker-Dealers or Representatives regarding the investment performance 
   of the Contracts, as permitted by applicable law. The Company agrees 
   that its service standards for the Contracts shall be always equal to or 
   better than its current service standards for the other variable annuity 
   and variable life insurance contracts that it is actively marketing on 
   the effective date of this Agreement.

                                      16

<PAGE>


   g.  The Company, as agent for the Underwriter, will confirm to each 
   applicant for and owner of a Contract in accordance with Rule l0b-10 
   under the 1934 Act its acceptance of Purchase Payments and such other 
   transactions as are required by Rule l0b-10 or administrative 
   interpretations thereunder and in accordance with Release 8389 under the 
   1934 Act.

   h.  At the end of 15 months from the later of the date (a) on which the 
   Company and its affiliate, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance 
   Company ("FAFLIC") notify  the Underwriter and the Wholesaler that  they 
   have received approval of (i) "Kemper Gateway Elite" variable annuity 
   contracts and (ii) "Kemper Gateway Custom" variable annuity contracts  
   (collectively,  the "Contracts") from at least thirty  (30) states or 
   (b) on which the Company and FAFLIC version of the Contracts may be 
   legally distributed under the Federal Securities Laws, reimbursement (if 
   any) from the Wholesaler for development and administrative costs of the 
   Contracts shall be computed and paid based on the following schedule:

        AGGREGATE SALES                     REIMBURSEMENT

        $150,000,000 and over                 $      0
        $140,000,001 - $150,000,000           $ 70,000
        $130,000,001 - $140,000,000           $140,000
        $120,000,001 - $130,000,000           $210,000
        $110,000,001 - $120,000,000           $280,000
        $100,000,001 - $110,000,000           $350,000
        $ 90,000,001 - $100,000,000           $420,000
        $ 80,000,001 - $ 90,000,000           $490,000
        $ 70,000,001 - $ 80,000,000           $560,000
        $ 60,000,001 - $ 70,000,000           $630,000
        $          0 - $ 60,000,000           $700,000

                                      17

<PAGE>


   Aggregate Sales shall be determined in accordance with Section 21.a. Any 
   amount payable pursuant to this Section 4.h. shall be paid within thirty 
   (30) days  after confirmation by the Wholesaler and the Company of the 
   amount owed.

   For purposes of calculating the above reimbursement, Aggregate Sales 
   shall include all sales of the Contracts from the inception of public 
   distribution to the end of the applicable fifteen-month computation 
   period.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   a.  The Company and the Underwriter each represent and warrant to the 
   Wholesaler and each Wholesaler Agency Affiliate, on the effective date 
   of each Registration Statement for the Contracts (or class of Contracts) 
   and at each time that a Contract is sold and, with respect to Clauses 
   (vi), (vii), (x), and (xi) below, also on the date of this Agreement, as 
   follows:

       (i) The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the 
       SEC or has become effective in accordance with the Regulations.

       (ii) The Registration Statements and the Prospectuses each comply in 
       all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the 
       1940 Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration 
       Statements  nor the Prospectuses contain an untrue statement of a 
       material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be 
       stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
       misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made; 
       provided, however, that none of the representations and warranties 
       in this Clause (ii) shall apply to statements in or omissions from 
       the Registration Statements or Prospectuses made in reliance upon 
       and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in 
       writing by the Wholesaler expressly for use in the Registration 
       Statements.

                                      18

<PAGE>


       (iii) Neither the Company nor the Underwriter has received any 
       notice from the SEC with respect to the Registration Statement or 
       the Account supporting the Contracts  described in the Registration 
       Statements pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act and no stop 
       order under the 1933 Act has been issued and no proceeding therefor 
       has been instituted or threatened by the SEC.

       (iv) The accountants who certified the financial statements included 
       in the Registration Statements and Prospectuses are independent 
       public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the Regulations 
       and such independent public accountants shall have certified that 
       the financial statements included in the Registration Statements 
       present fairly the respective financial positions of the Company and 
       the Account supporting the Contracts described in the Registration 
       Statements as of the dates indicated; and such financial statements 
       have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
       principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

       (v) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
       given in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there has not 
       been any material adverse change in the condition, financial or 
       otherwise, of the Company, the Underwriter or the Account supporting 
       the Contracts described in the Registration Statements that would 
       cause such information to be materially misleading.

       (vi) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as 
       a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of 
       Delaware with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its 
       properties and conduct its business in the manner described in the 
       Prospectus; is duly qualified to transact the business of a life 
       insurance company; and is in good standing, in each State in the 
       Territory in which the Contracts are or will be offered.

       (vii) The Underwriter has been duly organized and is validly 
       existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the 
       Commonwealth of Massachusetts with full power and authority to own, 
       lease and 

                                      19

<PAGE>


       operate its properties and conduct its business in the manner described 
       in the Prospectuses; is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the 
       SEC and with the securities commission of every State in the 
       Territory with which such registration is required; and is a member 
       in good standing with the NASD.

       (viii) Each Account supporting the Contracts described in the 
       Registration Statements has been duly authorized and established and 
       is validly existing as a separate account under the insurance code 
       of the State of Delaware, and is duly registered with the SEC as a 
       unit investment trust under the 1940 Act.

       (ix) The form of the Contracts has been approved to the extent 
       required by the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Delaware and 
       by the governmental agency responsible for regulating insurance 
       companies in each other State in the Territory in which the 
       contracts are to be offered.

       (x) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the 
       consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement have 
       been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by the 
       Company and the Underwriter and when so executed and delivered this 
       Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Company 
       and the Underwriter, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

       (xi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this 
       Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, will 
       not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and 
       provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of 
       time) a default under, the charter or bylaws of the Company or the 
       Underwriter, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, 
       or other instrument to which the Company or the Underwriter is a 
       party or by which either is bound, or violate any law, or, to the 
       best of the Company's or the Underwriter's knowledge, any order, 
       rule or regulation applicable to the Company or the Underwriter of 
       any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative 

                                      20

<PAGE>

       agency or any other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction 
       over the Company or the Underwriter or any of their respective 
       properties.

       (xii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or 
       governmental authority or agency is required for the issuance or 
       sale of the Contracts or for the consummation of the transactions 
       contemplated by this Agreement, that has not been obtained.

       (xiii) The Company has filed with the SEC all statements and other 
       documents required for registration under the provisions of the 1940 
       Act and the Regulations thereunder of the Account supporting the 
       Contracts described in the Registration Statement, and such 
       registration has been effected; there are no agreements or documents 
       required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or the Regulations to be 
       filed with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that 
       have not been so filed; and the Company has obtained all exemptive 
       or other orders of the SEC necessary to make the public offering and 
       consummate the sale of the Contracts pursuant to this Agreement and 
       to permit the operation of the Accounts supporting the Contracts 
       described in the Registration Statements, as contemplated in the 
       Prospectuses.

       (xiv) The Contracts have been duly authorized by the Company and 
       conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statements 
       and the Prospectuses and, when issued as contemplated by the 
       Registration Statements, will constitute legal, validly issued and 
       binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms.
       
    b. KDI and ZKIA represent and warrant to the Company on the date hereof as 
       follows:

       (i) KDI and ZKIA have taken all action including, without 
       limitation, those necessary under their respective certificates of 
       incorporation, by-laws and applicable state corporate law, necessary to 

                                      21

<PAGE>

       authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this 
       Agreement, and have taken or will take all requisite action to 
       enable them to perform all transactions contemplated hereunder in 
       accordance with the terms hereof; and

       (ii) KDI is and during the term of this Agreement shall remain duly 
       registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, a member in good 
       standing with the NASD, and duly registered as a broker-dealer under 
       applicable state securities laws.

6. ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMPANY

   a.  The Company shall use its best efforts:

       (i) to maintain the registration of the Contracts with the SEC and 
       any state securities commissions of any State in the Territory where 
       the securities or blue-sky laws of such State require registration 
       of the Contracts, including without limitation using its best 
       efforts to prevent a stop order from being issued or if a stop order 
       has been issued to cause such stop order to be withdrawn;

       (ii) to gain approval or other authorization of the Contract forms 
       where required under the insurance laws and regulations of each 
       State in the Territory (provided, however, that it shall be within 
       the Company's discretion whether to obtain such approval or 
       authorization in Guam); and

       (iii) to keep such registration, approval and authorization in 
       effect thereafter so long as the Contracts are outstanding.

   b.  During the term of this Agreement the Company shall take all action 
   required to cause each class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to 
   comply, as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts, as the 

                                      22

<PAGE>

   case may be, and to cause the Registration Statements and the Prospectus 
   for each class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to comply, with 
   all applicable federal laws and regulations and all applicable laws and 
   regulations of each State in the Territory.

   c.  The Company, during the term of this Agreement, shall notify the 
   Wholesaler immediately:

       (i) when each Registration Statement has become effective or any 
       post-effective amendment with respect to the Registration Statement 
       thereafter becomes effective;

       (ii) of any request by the SEC for any amendment to a Registration 
       Statement or supplement to a Prospectus or for additional information;

       (iii) of any event that makes any material statement made in a 
       Registration Statement or a Prospectus untrue in any material respect or 
       results in a material omission in a Registration Statement or a 
       Prospectus;

       (iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order with respect to a 
       Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or the initiation of 
       any proceedings for that purpose, or for any other purpose relating to 
       the registration and/or offering of the Contracts (or a class of 
       Contracts);

       (v) in which States in the Territory registration of the Contracts (or a 
       class of Contracts) is required under the securities or blue-sky laws, 
       and when such registrations have become effective.

   d.  The Company shall furnish to the Wholesaler without charge promptly 
   after filing five (5) copies of each Registration Statement as 
   originally filed and any pre-effective or post-effective amendment 
   thereto, including financial statements and all exhibits, including 
   exhibits incorporated therein by reference.

                                      23

<PAGE>


   e.  The Company shall timely file all reports, statements and amendments 
   required to be filed by or for each Account or class of Contracts under 
   the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act or the Regulations.

   f.  The Company shall deliver to the Wholesaler, as soon as practicable 
   after it becomes available, the Annual Statements for the Company and 
   for each Account in the form filed with their respective state of 
   domicile, and any quarterly reports upon the Wholesaler's request.

   g.  The Company and the Underwriter will provide the Wholesaler access 
   to such records, officers and employees of the Company,  the Underwriter 
   and each Account at reasonable times as is necessary to enable the 
   Wholesaler to fulfill its obligations under the federal securities laws 
   and NASD rules. The Wholesaler will provide the Company and the 
   Underwriter access to such of its records, officers and employees at 
   reasonable times as is necessary to enable the Company and the 
   Underwriter to fulfill their obligations under the federal securities 
   laws and NASD rules.

   h.  The Company shall provide the Wholesaler at least monthly with a 
   sales report or reports and an assets under management report in such 
   form as shall be acceptable to both the Company and the Wholesaler. Any 
   such sales report shall include, among other items, a break-down of 
   sales by Representative, Broker-Dealer, product type and Contract state 
   of issue.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

   a.  The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names and 
   addresses of all customers and  prospective customers (for purposes of 
   this Section 7.a., the terms "customers" and "prospective customers" 
   shall not mean Broker-Dealers) of the Wholesaler, of its parent company 
   and of any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliates and the names and addresses of all customers and prospective 
   customers of any Broker-Dealer that may come to the attention of the 
   Company,  the Underwriter or any person affiliated with the Company or 
   the Underwriter solely as a result of their relationship with the 
   Wholesaler, its parent company or any affiliated person of the 
   Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates  or any Broker-Dealer and 
   not from any independent source, are confidential and shall not be used 
   by the Company, the 

                                      24

<PAGE>


   Underwriter or any person affiliated with the Company or the Underwriter 
   for any purpose whatsoever except as may be necessary in connection with 
   the administration of the Contracts sold by the Broker-Dealers, 
   including responses to specific requests made to the Company for service 
   by Contract owners, efforts to prevent the replacement of such Contracts 
   or communications with customers concerning option rights available 
   under the terms of the Contracts. The restrictions set forth in the 
   previous sentence do not apply if and to the extent a Broker-Dealer 
   knowingly discloses the names and addresses of its customers or 
   prospective customers to the Company or the Underwriter outside the 
   operation of this Agreement. In no event shall the names and addresses 
   of such customers and prospective customers,  whether disclosed to the 
   Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler or by any Broker-Dealer, be 
   furnished by the Company, the  Underwriter or any of  their affiliated 
   persons to any other person. The intent of this paragraph is that 
   neither the Company nor the Underwriter, nor persons affiliated with the 
   Company or the Underwriter, shall utilize, or permit to be utilized, for 
   any purpose other than for the sale and administration of the Contracts 
   or for the sale and administration of other financial products 
   distributed or managed by the Wholesaler and/or its affiliates, their 
   knowledge of  the Wholesaler, of its parent company or of any affiliated 
   person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates or the 
   identity of all customers and prospective customers, derived solely as a 
   result of the relationship created through the funding and sale of the 
   Contracts. This paragraph shall remain operative and in full force and 
   effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement, and shall 
   survive any such termination.

   In addition to the foregoing, the Company and the Underwriter agree that 
   neither during the term of this Agreement nor after its termination 
   shall the names and addresses of Broker-Dealers and their 
   Representatives recruited by the Wholesaler to solicit the Contracts be 
   furnished by the Company, the 

                                      25

<PAGE>


   Underwriter or any of their affiliated persons to any other person, or 
   be utilized by the Company, the Underwriter or their affiliated persons 
   for any purpose except as the Company deems necessary or appropriate for 
   the sale and administration of the Contracts subject to this Agreement.

8. RECORDS

   The Company,  the Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliates shall each maintain such accounts, books and other documents 
   as are required to be maintained by each of them by applicable laws and 
   regulations and shall preserve such accounts, books and other documents 
   for the periods prescribed by such laws and regulations. The accounts, 
   books and records of the Company, the Underwriter, the Account, the 
   Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates as to all transactions 
   hereunder shall be maintained so as to clearly and accurately disclose 
   the nature and details of the transactions, including such accounting 
   information as is necessary to support the reasonableness of the amounts 
   paid by the Company hereunder. Each party shall have the right to 
   inspect and audit such accounts, books and records of the other party 
   during normal business hours upon reasonable written notice to the other 
   party. Each party shall keep confidential all information obtained 
   pursuant to such an inspection or audit, and shall disclose such 
   information to third parties only upon receipt of written authorization 
   from the other party, except as required by law.

9. BROKER-DEALER COMPENSATION AND WHOLESALER PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCES

   a.  The Company shall compensate Broker-Dealers and/or their duly 
   licensed insurance affiliates for sales of the Contracts by their 
   Representatives pursuant to Schedule 4 to this Agreement, as such 
   Schedule may be amended from time to time upon mutual agreement of the 
   parties to this Agreement. As of the effective date of this Agreement, 
   Schedule 4 governs only compensation and Promotional Allowances related 
   to sales of Kemper Gateway Elite and Custom annuity Contracts. When 
   additional Contracts are developed 

                                      26

<PAGE>


   and offered for sale, Schedule 4 will be appropriately amended to 
   reflect the compensation and Promotional Allowances payable as a result 
   of sales of such additional Contracts. Such compensation shall be based 
   in part on Purchase Payments received and accepted by the Company for 
   all Contracts issued on applications obtained by the Broker-Dealers or 
   any of their respective Representatives. Additional "trail" 
   compensation shall be paid, as described in Schedule 4.  The Company 
   will pay compensation due Broker-Dealers and/or their insurance 
   affiliates in accordance with the procedures set forth in Schedule 4. 
   The compensation provided for in this Section 9 shall be payable to the 
   Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance affiliate in accordance 
   with the sales agreement between the Underwriter and the Broker-Dealer 
   for so long as the Contracts are outstanding,  regardless of whether 
   this Agreement is still in effect. If trail commissions are no longer 
   payable to a Broker-Dealer because the sales agreement between the 
   Company and the Broker-Dealer is no longer in effect, one-half of the 
   trail commissions that would have been payable to the Broker-Dealer had 
   the sales agreement remained in effect shall be paid instead to ZKIA for 
   so long as the Contracts on which the trail commissions are payable 
   remain in effect, regardless of whether this Agreement is still in 
   effect.  In addition to the compensation payable to the Broker-Dealers 
   and their insurance affiliates, the Company shall pay the Wholesaler a 
   Promotional Allowance as a reimbursement for its expenses incurred 
   relating to its wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. 
   Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the Wholesaler in such amount 
   and in accordance with the procedures as set forth in Schedule 4, as 
   such Schedule may be amended from time to time upon mutual agreement of 
   the parties to this Agreement. Promotional Allowances shall be payable 
   to the Wholesaler for so long as the Contracts are outstanding, 
   regardless of whether this Agreement and the Participation Agreement are 
   still in effect. Nothing herein or in any sales agreement shall be 
   construed to create any obligation on the part of the Wholesaler to 
   compensate any Broker-Dealer for sales of the Contracts.

   If any State in the Territory by insurance rule, regulation or statute, 
   prohibits payment of Promotional Allowances to the Wholesaler, the 
   Wholesaler shall designate in writing a business entity or natural 
   person, 

                                      27

<PAGE>

   including Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, meeting the requirements of such 
   State to receive any amounts that may otherwise be payable to the 
   Wholesaler hereunder. The Wholesaler may change such designation from 
   time to time upon written notice to the Company. Any payments made by 
   the Company to any person or entity so designated by the Wholesaler 
   shall discharge the Company's liability to the Wholesaler hereunder.

   If a purchaser rescinds a Contract or exercises a right to surrender a 
   contract for return of all Purchase Payments, the Wholesaler will pay to 
   the Company on demand the amount of any Promotional Allowances it 
   received on the Purchase Payments returned. Promotional Allowance 
   chargebacks will be calculated by the Company on the same basis, as 
   described in Schedule 4 hereto, as was utilized in calculating the 
   Contract Promotional Allowances received.

   b.  INDEBTEDNESS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as 
   giving the Wholesaler the right to incur any indebtedness on behalf of 
   the Company.

   c.  APPOINTMENT FEES.  The Company will pay the initial and renewal fees 
   for agent appointments by the Company of duly licensed Wholesaler Agency 
   Affiliates and Broker-Dealers and their respective Associated Persons; 
   provided, however, (a) that if total Aggregate Annual Sales of the 
   Contracts, as described in Section 21.a., do not exceed $60 million 
   during any calendar year beginning after December 31, 1997, the 
   Wholesaler will reimburse the Company for the total amount of initial or 
   renewal fees paid by the Company during such calendar year(s), and (b) 
   that the Company reserves the right to refuse to pay renewal fees for 
   Representatives not meeting such minimal sales as may be agreed upon 
   from time to time.  For purposes of (b) above, the minimal sales target 
   for Representatives shall be $25,000 per calendar year, unless the 
   parties hereto mutually agree on a different sales target for a calendar 
   year.

                                      28

<PAGE>


   Notwithstanding Clause (a) above, in calculating the amount of agent fee 
   reimbursements, if an agent solicited products of the Company in 
   addition to the Contracts described in this Agreement, the reimbursement 
   otherwise required under Clause (a) will be pro-rated, as described 
   below:

       The otherwise reimbursable amount shall be multiplied by a fraction, 
       the numerator of which is the number of Kemper products covered by 
       this Agreement on the date of determination (two as of the effective 
       date of this Agreement) and the denominator of which is the 
       aggregate number of products of the Company and its insurance 
       affiliates being solicited by the agent on the date of determination.

   d.  REPORTING.  The Wholesaler shall be responsible for all tax 
   reporting information, if any, that the Wholesaler is required to 
   provide under applicable tax law to its Associated Persons with respect 
   to the Contracts. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any sales 
   agreement with a Broker-Dealer is to be construed to require the 
   Wholesaler to provide any tax reporting information directly or 
   indirectly to any Broker-Dealer or its Representatives.

   e.  SURVIVAL.  Except for Section 9.c.(a), this Section 9 shall remain 
   operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of 
   this Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.

10. INVESTIGATION AND PROCEEDINGS

    a.  The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler will cooperate 
    fully in any securities, insurance, governmental or regulatory 
    investigation or proceeding or judicial proceeding arising out of or  
    in connection with the offering, sale or distribution of the Contracts 
    for which the Wholesaler acts as wholesaler pursuant to this Agreement. 
    Without limiting the foregoing, the Company,  the Underwriter and 

                                      29

<PAGE>


    the Wholesaler agree to notify one another promptly of any customer 
    complaint or notice of any governmental, judicial or regulatory 
    investigation or proceeding described in this Section 10.

    b.  In the case of a substantive customer complaint, the Company,  the 
    Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates will 
    cooperate in investigating such complaint and any response by the 
    Company or Underwriter, as one party, or the Wholesaler or Wholesaler 
    Agency Affiliates, as another party, to such complaint will be sent to 
    the other party for approval not less than five business days prior to 
    its being sent to the customer or to any governmental or regulatory 
    agency, except that if a more prompt response is required, the proposed 
    response shall be communicated by telephone, telegraph or facsimile. 
    Neither such party will release any such response without the other 
    party's prior written approval, unless otherwise required by applicable 
    law. Failure of any party to object to a proposed response within four 
    business days shall be deemed to constitute approval of a proposed 
    response by the non-objecting party.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

    a.  The Company and the Underwriter, jointly and severally, shall 
    indemnify and hold harmless the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency 
    Affiliates and each person who controls or is associated with the 
    Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates within the meaning of 
    such terms under the federal securities laws, and any officer, 
    director, employee or agent of the foregoing, against any and all 
    losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (including any 
    investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in 
    connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any action, 
    suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which the Wholesaler, the 
    Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and/or such person may become subject, 
    under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as 
    such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

                                      30

<PAGE>


        (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged 
        untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration 
        Statement, Prospectus, blue sky application or other document 
        executed by the Company specifically for the purpose of qualifying 
        any or all of the Contracts for sale under the securities laws of 
        any State, promotional, sales or advertising material for the 
        Contracts prepared by the Company, or the Contracts themselves (or 
        any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out 
        of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state 
        therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary 
        to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the 
        circumstances in which they were made; provided that this 
        obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such untrue statement or 
        omission or such alleged untrue statement or alleged omission was 
        made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished 
        in writing to the Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler 
        specifically for use in the preparation of any such Registration 
        Statement, Prospectus or blue-sky application or other document, 
        material or Contract (or any such amendment or supplement thereto); 
        or

        (ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged 
        untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Fund 
        Registration Statement, Fund Prospectus, blue sky application or 
        other document executed by the Fund specifically for the purpose of 
        qualifying any or all of the shares of the Fund for sale under the 
        securities laws of any State, or in any promotional, sales or 
        advertising material or written information relating to the shares 
        of the Fund authorized by the Fund (or any amendment or supplement 
        to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the 
        omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact 
        required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
        therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they 
        were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that 
        such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or 
        alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with 
        information furnished in writing to the Wholesaler or the Fund by 
        the Company specifically for use 

                                      31

<PAGE>


        in the preparation of any such Fund Registration Statement, Fund 
        Prospectus, blue-sky application or other document (or any such 
        amendment or supplement thereto); or

        (iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
        alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a 
        material fact by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriter 
        (other than statements or representations contained in the Fund 
        Registration Statement, Fund Prospectus or promotional, sales or 
        advertising material of the Fund that were not supplied by the 
        Company, the Underwriter or persons under their control) or 
        wrongful conduct of the Company or the Underwriter or persons under 
        their control with respect to the sale or distribution of the 
        Contracts; or

        (iv) result because of the terms of any Contract or because of any 
        material breach by the Company or the Underwriter of any terms of 
        this Agreement or of any Contract or that proximately result from 
        any activities of the Company's or Underwriter's officers, 
        directors, employees or agents or their failure to take action in 
        connection with the sale of a Contract, to the extent of the 
        Company's or the Underwriter's obligations under this Agreement or 
        otherwise, or the processing or administration of the Contracts.
        
        This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any 
        liability that the Company or Underwriter may otherwise have; 
        provided, however, that no person shall be entitled to 
        indemnification pursuant to this Section 11.a. if such loss, claim, 
        damage or liability is due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, 
        gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the person 
        seeking indemnification.

    b.  The Wholesaler shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and 
    the Underwriter and each person who controls or is associated with the 
    Company or the Underwriter within the meaning of such terms under the 
    federal securities laws and any officer, director, employee or agent of 
    the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, 
    joint or several (including any investigative, legal and other 

                                     32

<PAGE>


    expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts 
    paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim 
    asserted), to which the Company, the Underwriter and/or any such person 
    may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or 
    otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise 
    out of or are based upon:

        (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material 
        fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or 
        blue-sky application or other document executed by  the Company 
        specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the 
        Contracts for sale under the securities laws of any State (or any 
        amendment or supplement to the foregoing), or omission or alleged 
        omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated 
        therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not 
        misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, 
        in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such 
        untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged 
        omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with 
        information furnished in writing to the Company or the Underwriter 
        by the Wholesaler specifically for use in the preparation of any 
        such Registration Statement, Prospectus, such blue-sky application 
        or other document (or any such amendment or supplement thereto), 
        the parties hereby confirming that the only such information is the 
        information which appears in the Prospectus under the sub-caption 
        "Kemper Investors Fund" and in the Statement of Additional 
        Information filed with the Prospectus under the caption 
        "Performance Information;" or

        (ii) any use of promotional, sales or advertising material for the 
        Contracts not approved in writing by the Company or any verbal or 
        written misrepresentations or any unlawful sales practices 
        concerning the Contracts by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency 
        Affiliates under federal securities laws or NASD regulations (but 
        not including state insurance laws, compliance with which is a 
        responsibility of the Company or the Underwriter under this 
        Agreement or otherwise); or

                                      33

<PAGE>


        (iii) claims by agents, representatives or employees of the 
        Wholesaler for compensation or other remuneration of any type other 
        than claims by any Broker-Dealer relating to compensation described 
        or referred to in Schedule 4 hereto; or
        
        (iv) any material breach by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency 
        Affiliates of any provision of this Agreement.
        
        This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any 
        liability that the Wholesaler may otherwise have; provided, 
        however, that no person shall be entitled to indemnification 
        pursuant to this Section 11.b. if such loss, claim, damage or 
        liability is due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross 
        negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the person seeking 
        indemnification.



    c.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable 
    to an indemnified party under paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof in respect 
    to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then 
    each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such 
    indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by 
    such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or 
    liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the 
    relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter, on the one hand, and 
    the Wholesaler, on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable 
    considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter, 
    on the one hand, and the Wholesaler, on the other, with respect to 
    untrue or alleged untrue statements of material fact or omissions or 
    alleged omissions of material facts shall be determined by reference 
    to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement 
    of a  material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to 
    information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriter, on the one 
    hand, and by the Wholesaler, on the other, and the parties' relative 
    intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or 
    prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a 
    party as a result of the losses, claims, damages 

                                      34

<PAGE>

    and liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal 
    or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in 
    connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

    The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler agree that it would not 
    be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section were 
    determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation 
    which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to 
    in  the immediately preceding paragraph.

    If the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, and the Wholesaler, 
    as the other party, cannot agree on the appropriate amount of any 
    contribution payable pursuant to this Section, the matter shall be 
    settled by arbitration pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The costs of any 
    such arbitration shall be divided equally between the Company and the 
    Underwriter, as one party, and the Wholesaler, as the other party.

    d.  After receipt by a party entitled to indemnification ("indemnified 
    party") under this Section 11 of notice of the commencement of any 
    action, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the indemnified 
    party against any person obligated to provide indemnification under 
    this Section 11 ("indemnifying party"), such indemnified party will 
    notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof as 
    soon as practicable thereafter, provided that the omission to so notify 
    the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability under 
    this Section 11, except to the extent that the omission results in a 
    failure of actual notice to the indemnifying party and such 
    indemnifying party is damaged as a result of the failure to give such 
    notice. The indemnifying party, upon the request of the indemnified 
    party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified 
    party to represent the indemnified party and any others the 
    indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the 
    fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In 
    any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to 
    retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall 
    be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying 
    party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the 
    retention of 

                                      35

<PAGE>

    such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding 
    (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party 
    and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the 
    same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential 
    differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be 
    liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its 
    written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a final 
    judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnified party shall indemnify the 
    indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of 
    such settlement or judgment.

    e.  The indemnification provisions contained in this Section 11 shall 
    remain operative in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any 
    investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of 
    any controlling person thereof, (ii) delivery of any Contracts and 
    Purchase Payments therefor, or (iii) any termination of this Agreement. 
    A successor by law of the Wholesaler or the Company, as the case may 
    be, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification provisions 
    contained in this Section 11.

12. TERMINATION

    a.  This Agreement may be terminated at the option of any party upon 
    twelve months advance written notice to the other parties, such 
    termination to be effective no earlier than six years following the 
    date on which the first Contract is issued to the public. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate 
    automatically on the termination date of the Participation Agreement 
    among the Fund, Zurich Kemper Investments Inc., KDI and the Company 
    entered into contemporaneously herewith.

    b.  This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written 
    consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement may be terminated 
    at the option of the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, or the 
    Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, upon the 
    other party's material breach of 

                                      36

<PAGE>

    any provision of this Agreement, if any such breach is not cured within 
    ninety days after notice thereof to the breaching party and all other 
    parties.

    c.  Upon termination of this Agreement all authorizations, rights and 
    obligations shall cease except: (i) the obligation to continue to pay 
    compensation to Broker-Dealers and compensation and Promotional 
    Allowances to the Wholesaler, as set forth in Section 9.a. and Schedule 
    4; (ii) the provisions contained in Sections 7, 9 and 11 of this 
    Agreement; and (iii) the indemnification provisions set forth in 
    Section 11 of this Agreement, or as otherwise specifically noted in 
    this Agreement. 

13. RIGHTS, REMEDIES, ETC, ARE CUMULATIVE 

    The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are 
    cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and 
    obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties to this Agreement 
    are entitled to under state and federal laws. Failure of the 
    Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, or the 
    Company or the Underwriter, as another party, to insist upon strict 
    compliance by the other party with any of the conditions of this 
    Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any of the conditions, 
    but the same shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver of any 
    of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall 
    constitute, a waiver of any other provisions, whether or not similar, 
    nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


14. NOTICES

    All notices hereunder are to be made in writing and shall be given:

                                      37

<PAGE>


    if to the Company to:
      
         Lila M. Weihs, Vice President
         Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
         440 Lincoln Street
         Worcester, MA  01653

    if to the Underwriter to:

         Stephen Parker, President
         Allmerica Investments, Inc.
         440 Lincoln Street 
         Worcester, MA 01653

    if to the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, to any such party at:

         [Name of Party]
         222 South Riverside Plaza
         Chicago, IL 60606
         Attention:  President

    or such other address as such party may hereafter specify in writing. 
    Each such notice to a party shall be either hand delivered or 
    transmitted by registered or certified United   States mail with return 
    receipt requested, and shall be effective upon delivery.

15. INTERPRETATION, JURISDICTION, ETC. 

    This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties to 
    this Agreement relating to the wholesaling activities contemplated in 
    this Agreement, and supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations 
    between the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject 
    matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the Company, 
    the Wholesaler and the Fund have entered into the Participation 

                                      38

<PAGE>

    Agreement in contemplation of entering into this Agreement. This 
    Agreement shall be construed and the provisions of this Agreement 
    interpreted under and in accordance with the internal laws of the 
    Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to principles of 
    conflict of laws.

16. ARBITRATION

    Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, 
    or the breach of  this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in 
    accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American 
    Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the 
    arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

17. HEADINGS

    The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of 
    reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions 
    of this Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

18. COUNTERPARTS

    This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of 
    which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. SEVERABILITY

    This is a severable agreement and in the event that any part or parts 
    of this Agreement shall be held to be unenforceable to its or their 
    full extent, then it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement 
    that such part or parts shall be enforced to the extent permitted under 
    the law, and, in any event, that all other parts 

                                      39

<PAGE>


    of this Agreement shall remain valid and duly enforceable as if the 
    unenforceable part or parts had never been a part of this Agreement.

20. REGULATION

    This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, 1934 
    Act and 1940 Act and the Regulations and the rules and regulations of 
    the NASD, from time to time in effect, including such exemptions from 
    the 1940 Act as the SEC may grant, and the terms of this Agreement 
    shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

21. MISCELLANEOUS

    a.  For the purposes of Section 4.h., "Aggregate Sales" shall refer to 
    the aggregate sales of the Contracts pursuant both to this Agreement 
    and to the Wholesaling Agreement with First Allmerica Financial Life 
    Insurance Company ("FAFLIC") related to contracts offered for sale in 
    the States of New York and Hawaii being executed contemporaneously 
    herewith (the "FAFLIC Agreement"). Based on such Aggregate Sales, 
    Wholesaler shall be responsible for only a single reimbursement amount, 
    and such reimbursement shall be divided between the Company and FAFLIC 
    as they may mutually agree. For the purposes of Section 9.c.(a), 
    "Aggregate Annual Sales"  shall refer to the total annual sales through 
    the Wholesaler pursuant both to this Agreement and  to the FAFLIC 
    Agreement, and "total amount of initial or renewal fees" shall refer to 
    the aggregate amount of such fees incurred by the Company and FAFLIC. 

    b.  The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names "Gateway 
    Elite," "Gateway Custom," "Kemper Gateway Elite" and "Kemper Gateway 
    Custom," and any and all variations thereof, are the exclusive property 
    of the Wholesaler and their respective affiliates, and that any use of 
    any such names or any variation thereof during or after the term of 
    this Agreement are and will be subject to the express 

                                      40

<PAGE>

    prior written consent of KDI and/or ZKIA thereto. Notwithstanding the 
    foregoing, KDI and ZKIA hereby specifically permit the Company to use 
    the above names as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in its 
    administration of the Contracts subject to this Agreement. The Company 
    and the Wholesaler agree that in the event of any breach of this 
    Section 21.b, as a remedy therefor and in addition to all other 
    remedies, the Wholesaler shall be entitled to specific performance and 
    injunctive or other equitable relief without proof of actual damages, 
    and that the Company and the Underwriter will not oppose or impede the 
    granting of such relief.

                                      41

<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto represents that the officer signing 
this Agreement on the party's behalf is duly authorized to execute this 
Agreement; and each party has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by 
such authorized officer on the date specified below.

  
                                     ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE 
                                     AND ANNUITY COMPANY


Date:  11/6/96                       By:    /s/ Richard M. Reilly
       -----------------                    ----------------------------

                                     Name:  Richard M. Reilly
                                            ----------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            ----------------------------


                                     ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC.


Date:  11/6/96                       By:    /s/ Richard M. Reilly
       -----------------                    ----------------------------

                                     Name:  Richard M. Reilly
                                            ----------------------------

                                     Title: Director
                                            ----------------------------



                                     KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                     (on its own behalf and on behalf of
                                     the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates)


Date:  11/5/96                       By:    /s/ James L. Greenawalt
       -----------------                    ----------------------------

                                     Name:  James L. Greenawalt
                                            ----------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            ----------------------------

  
                                     ZKI AGENCY, INC.


Date:  11/5/96                       By:    /s/ James L. Greenawalt
       -----------------                    ----------------------------

                                     Name:  James L. Greenawalt
                                            ----------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            ----------------------------


                                      42

<PAGE>

                                      43

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1

                         Wholesaler Agency Affiliates

                          Effective November 5, 1996



NAME OF                                           STATE(S) IN
WHOLESALER AGENCY AFFILIATE                       WHICH LICENSED

    None

<PAGE>

                                  Schedule 2

                              Separate Accounts 
                        Available under the Contracts

                          Effective November 5, 1996






                                      SEPARATE ACCOUNT SUBACCOUNTS ARE INVESTED
                                      IN THE FOLLOWING KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
    NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT          PORTFOLIOS


    Separate Accounts KG (Kemper                MM
    Gateway Elite) and KGC (Kemper              Gov Sec
    Gateway Custom) of Allmerica                Inv Grade
    Financial Life Insurance and Annuity        High Yield
    Company                                     Horizon 5
                                                Horizon 10+
                                                Horizon 20+
                                                Total Return
                                                Growth
                                                Value
                                                Value and Growth
                                                Small Cap Value
                                                Small Cap Growth
                                                International


<PAGE>


                                  Schedule 3

                 Contracts Subject to Wholesaling Agreement

                           Effective November 5, 1996



                                                 SEC
    Marketing              Policy             Registration
      Name                 Form No.               No.
   -------------        --------------      ---------------


  Kemper Gateway Elite     A3025-96             333-9965


  Kemper Gateway Custom    A3026-96             333-10283


<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 4
                       Broker-Dealer Compensation and
                   Wholesaler Promotional Allowance Schedule



The Broker-Dealer Compensation payable by the Company with respect to the 
sale and distribution of the Contracts, based on initial and subsequent 
Purchase Payments received and accepted by the Company, shall be computed 
under one of the options shown below:

  For non-401(k) contracts:
    Option A:  6.00% and no trail
    Option B:  5.00% and .25% lifetime trail
    Option C:  4.00% and .50% lifetime trail
    Option D:  2.00% and 1.00% lifetime trail

  For 401(k) contracts:
    Option A:  5% and no trail
    Option B:  4.00% and .25% lifetime trail
    Option C:  3.00% and .50% lifetime trail
    Option D:  1.00% and 1.00% lifetime trail

These amounts shall be payable to Broker-Dealers as sales commissions. Such  
amounts will be paid according to the then current practice of  the Company, 
but no less frequently than twice each calendar month. One quarter of the 
trail rate is paid on the non-loaned contract value at the end of each 
calendar quarter after the first contract year. Alternative sales commission 
options involving a combination of both up-front amounts and asset based 
trails may be made available by mutual agreement.

Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the Wholesaler as reimbursement 
for its expenses incurred with respect to the distribution of the Contracts 
("Support Services"); provided, however, that the Company shall pay such 
amounts from Promotional Allowances  to Broker-Dealers who provide Support 
Services, as the Wholesaler may from time to time direct.

<PAGE>


Promotional Allowances shall be determined as follows:

  -  .15% on an annual basis of  the average daily assets in the Elite 
     separate accounts (excluding the GPA accounts); plus

  -  .15% on an annual basis of the average monthly account balance in the 
     GPA and fixed accounts for both the Elite and Custom Contracts; plus

  -  .25% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and accepted 
     by the Company on any Contract for which commission Option B was chosen; 
     plus

  -  1.00% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and 
     accepted by the Company for 401(k) Contracts.

Promotional allowances will be reduced by the following amounts:

  -  .50% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments for Contracts issued 
     in Maine and South Dakota and any other states which levy an upfront 
     premium tax; plus

  -  $35 each contract anniversary and on surrender for Contracts issued to 
     fund 401(k) plans with Contract values of $50,000 or less; plus

  -  $5 each contract anniversary and on surrender for non-401(k) contracts 
     with contact values of $50,000 or less issued in North Dakota or any 
     other state that caps the contract charge at $30.

The net Promotional Allowance will be paid to the Wholesaler according to the 
then current practice of the Company, but no less frequently than monthly.



<PAGE>


December 10, 1996


Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Counsel of  Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
Company (the "Company"), I have participated in the preparation of the 
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement for the Separate 
Account KGC on Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, with respect to the Company's individual and group 
variable annuity policies.

I am of the following opinion:

1.   Separate Account KGC is a separate account of the company validly existing
     pursuant to the Delaware Insurance Code and the regulations issued
     thereunder.

2.   The assets held in Separate Account KGC are not chargeable with
     liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

3.   The individual and group variable annuity policies, when issued in
     accordance with the Prospectus contained in the Pre-Effective Amendment 
     No. 1 to the Registration Statement and upon compliance with applicable 
     local law, will be legal and binding obligations of the Company in 
     accordance with their terms and when sold will be legally issued, fully 
     paid and non-assessable.

In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of law and
examined such records and other documents as in my judgment are necessary or
appropriate.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of Separate 
Account KGC filed under the Securities Act of 1933. 

Very truly yours,


/s/Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Counsel





<PAGE>

                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information 
constituting part of this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement for Separate Account KGC of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and 
Annuity Company on Form N-4 of our report dated February 5, 1996, relating to 
the financial statements of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity 
Company which appears in such Statement of Additional Information. We also 
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Statement 
of Additional Information.

/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
December 10, 1996




<PAGE>

                            PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                     AMONG

                             KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
                        ZURICH KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.
                           KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                      and
            ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY


THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this 5th day of November, 
1996 by and among Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company 
(hereinafter, the "Company"), a Delaware insurance company, on its own behalf 
and on behalf of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A 
hereto as may be amended from time to time (each account hereinafter referred 
to as an "Account"), Kemper Investors Fund, a business trust organized under 
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Fund"), 
Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc. (hereinafter the "Adviser"), a Delaware 
corporation, and Kemper Distributors, Inc. (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a 
Delaware corporation.

WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment 
company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate 
accounts established for variable life insurance and variable annuity 
contracts (hereinafter the "Variable Insurance Products") offered by 
insurance companies that have entered into participation agreements with the 
Fund (hereinafter "Participating Insurance Companies"); 

WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several series 
of shares, each designated a "Portfolio" and representing the interest in a 
particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets; 

WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange 
Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable 
annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the 
provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 
6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, if and to the extent necessary to 
permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and 
variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated 
life insurance companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemption Order"); 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company 
under the 1940 Act and shares of the Portfolios are registered under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); 

<PAGE>

WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the 
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state 
securities laws; 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable life 
insurance and variable annuity contracts supported wholly or partially by the 
Accounts (the "Contracts") under the 1933 Act, and said Contracts are listed 
in Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by mutual 
written agreement; 

WHEREAS, each Account is duly established and maintained as a separate 
account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, 
on the date shown for such  Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and 
invest assets attributable to the aforesaid Contracts; 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a unit 
investment trust under the 1940 Act; 

WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and is a member 
in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
("NASD");

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and 
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares of the Portfolios listed 
in Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time at the request 
of the Fund, Underwriter and Adviser and with the consent of the Company, 
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld ("Designated Portfolios"), on 
behalf of the Accounts to fund the aforesaid Contracts, and the Underwriter 
is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such as the 
Accounts at net asset value; and

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and 
regulations, the Company also intends to purchase shares in other open-end 
investment companies or series thereof not affiliated with the Fund 
("Unaffiliated Funds") on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts if and 
to the extent that the Underwriter and the Adviser so agree, in their sole 
discretion;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the 
Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree as follows:



                                 ARTICLE I
                            SALE OF FUND SHARES

1.1  The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the 
Designated Portfolios that the Accounts order, executing such orders on a 
daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or 
its designee of the order for the shares of the Designated Portfolios.

                                       2

<PAGE>


1.2  The Fund agrees to make shares of each Designated Portfolio available 
for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and 
the Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates such Designated 
Portfolio's net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC, and the Fund shall 
use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day when the 
New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
the Board of Trustees of the Fund ("Board") may refuse to sell shares of any 
Designated Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of 
shares of any Designated Portfolio if such action is required by law or by 
regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, or is, in the sole discretion of 
the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under 
federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interest of the 
shareholders of such Designated Portfolio.

1.3  The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold 
only to Participating Insurance Companies or their separate accounts.  No 
shares of any Designated Portfolios will be sold to the general public.  The 
Fund and the Underwriter will not sell shares of any Designated Portfolio to 
any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing 
provisions substantially the same as Sections 2.1, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 and 
Article VII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.  

1.4  The Fund agrees to redeem, on the Company's request, any full or 
fractional shares of the Designated Portfolios held by the Company, executing 
such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after 
receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption, except 
that the Fund reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption or 
postpone the date of payment or satisfaction upon redemption consistent with 
Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act and any rules thereunder, and in accordance 
with the procedures and policies of the Fund as described in the Fund's then 
current prospectus.

1.5  For purposes of Sections 1.1 and 1.4, the Company shall be the designee 
of the Fund for receipt of purchase and redemption orders from the Accounts, 
and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided 
that the Company receives the order prior to the determination of net asset 
value as set forth in the Fund's then current prospectus and the Fund 
receives notice of such order by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next 
following Business Day.  "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New 
York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its 
net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

1.6  The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of each Designated 
Portfolio offered by the Fund's then current prospectus in accordance with 
the provisions of such prospectus.

1.7  The Company shall pay for shares of a Designated Portfolio on the next 
Business Day after receipt of an order to purchase shares of such Designated 
Portfolio.  Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire by 11:00 
a.m. New York time.  If payment in federal funds for any purchase is not 
received or is received by the Fund after 11:00 a.m. New York time on such 
Business Day, the Company shall promptly, upon the Fund's request, reimburse 
the Fund for any 

                                       3

<PAGE>

charges, costs, fees, interest or other expenses incurred by the Fund in 
connection with any advances to, or borrowing or overdrafts by, the Fund, or 
any similar expenses incurred by the Fund, as a result of portfolio 
transactions effected by the Fund based upon such purchase request. For 
purposes of Section 2.8 and 2.9 hereof, upon receipt by the Fund of the 
federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of 
the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

1.8  Issuance and transfer of the shares of a Designated Portfolio will be by 
book entry only.  Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any 
Account.  Shares of a Designated Portfolio ordered from the Fund will be 
recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate 
subaccount of each Account.

1.9  The Fund shall furnish same-day notice (by wire or telephone, followed 
by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or capital 
gain distributions payable on shares of the Designated Portfolios.  The 
Company hereby elects to receive all such income, dividends, and capital gain 
distributions as are payable on shares of a Designated Portfolio in 
additional shares of that Designated Portfolio.  The Company reserves the 
right to revoke this election and to receive all such income dividends and 
capital gain distributions in cash.  The Fund shall notify the Company of the 
number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.  
The Fund shall use its best efforts to furnish advance notice of the day such 
dividends and distributions are expected to be paid.

1.10  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Designated 
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably 
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30 
p.m. New York time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset 
value per share available by 7:00 p.m. New York time.

1.11  The Parties hereto acknowledge that the arrangement contemplated by 
this Agreement is not exclusive; the shares of the Designated Portfolios (and 
other Portfolios of the Fund) may be sold to other insurance companies 
(subject to Section 1.3 and Article VII hereof) and the cash value of the 
Contracts may be invested in other investment companies, provided, however, 
that the Adviser and Underwriter consent to the use of such other investment 
company in their sole discretion.

                                  ARTICLE II
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will be 
registered under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be continually issued, 
offered for sale and sold in compliance in all material respects with all 
applicable federal and state laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall 
comply in all material respects with state insurance suitability 
requirements.  The Company further represents and warrants that it is an 
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law 
and that it has legally and validly established each Account prior 

                                       4

<PAGE>

to any issuance or sale thereof as a separate account under the Delaware 
insurance laws and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the 
Contracts, will register each Account as a unit investment trust in 
accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a separate account 
for the Contracts.

2.2  The Fund represents and warrants that shares of the Designated 
Portfolios sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 
Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with all applicable 
federal securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered 
under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall amend the Registration Statement for its 
shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in 
order to effect the continuous offering of its shares.  The Fund shall 
register and qualify the shares of the Designated Portfolios for sale in 
accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent 
deemed advisable by the Fund.

2.3  The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to finance 
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, although it 
may make such payments in the future subject to applicable law.

2.4  The Fund makes no representations as to whether any aspect of its 
operation, including but not limited to, investments policies, fees and 
expenses, complies with the insurance and other applicable laws of the 
various states, except that the Fund represents that the investment policies, 
fees and expenses of the Designated Portfolios are and shall at all times 
remain in compliance with the insurance laws of the State of Delaware to the 
extent required to perform this Agreement.  The Company will advise the Fund 
in writing as to any requirements of Delaware insurance law that affect the 
Designated Portfolios, and the Fund will be deemed to be in compliance with 
this Section 2.4 so long as the Fund complies with such advice of the Company.

2.5  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing 
as a business trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and 
that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

2.6  The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good 
standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC.  The 
Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the shares of 
the Designated Portfolios in accordance with any applicable state and federal 
securities laws.

2.7  The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly 
registered as an investment adviser under all applicable federal and state 
securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the 
Fund in compliance in all material respects with any applicable state and 
federal securities laws.

2.8  The Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter represent and warrant that all 
their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other 
individuals or entities dealing with the money 

                                       5

<PAGE>


and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times 
covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the 
Fund in an amount not less than the minimum coverage required currently by 
Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or such related provisions as may be promulgated 
from time to time.  The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and 
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

2.9  The Company represents and warrants that all its directors, officers, 
employees, investment advisers, and other individuals or entities employed or 
controlled by the Company dealing with the money and/or securities of the 
Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount 
not less than $20 million.  The aforesaid bond includes coverage for larceny 
and embezzlement and is issued by a reputable bonding company.  The Company 
agrees that this bond or another bond containing these provisions will always 
be in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter 
in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

2.10  The Company represents and warrants that all shares of the Designated 
Portfolios purchased by the Company will be purchased on behalf of one or 
more unmanaged separate accounts that offer interests therein that are 
registered under the 1933 Act and upon which a registration fee has been or 
will be paid; and the Company acknowledges that the Fund intends to rely upon 
this representation and warranty for purposes of calculating SEC registration 
fees payable with respect to such shares of the Designated Portfolios 
pursuant to Instruction B.5 to Form 24F-2 or any similar form or SEC 
registration fee calculation procedure that allows the Fund to exclude shares 
so sold for purposes of calculating its SEC registration fee.  The Company 
agrees to cooperate with the Fund on no less than an annual basis to certify 
as to its continuing compliance with this representation and warranty.

                                 ARTICLE III
                   PROSPECTUSES, STATEMENTS OF ADDITIONAL
                  INFORMATION, AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

3.1  The Fund shall provide the Company with as many copies of the Fund's 
current prospectus for the Designated Portfolios as the Company may 
reasonably request.  If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund 
shall provide such documentation (including a final copy of the new 
prospectus) and other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the 
Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for a Designated 
Portfolio is amended) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the 
prospectus for the Designated Portfolios printed together in one document.  
Expenses with respect to the foregoing shall be borne as provided under 
Article V.

3.2  The Fund's prospectus shall disclose that (a) the Fund is intended to be 
a funding vehicle for all types of variable annuity and variable life 
insurance contracts offered by Participating Insurance Companies, (b) 
material irreconcilable conflicts of interest may arise, and (c) the Fund's 
Board will monitor events in order to identify the existence of any material 
irreconcilable conflicts 

                                       6

<PAGE>

and determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such 
conflicts.  The Fund hereby notifies the Company that disclosure in the 
prospectus for the Contracts regarding the potential risks of mixed and 
shared funding may be appropriate.  Further, the Fund's prospectus shall 
state that the current Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") for the 
Fund is available from the Company (or, in the Fund's discretion, from the 
Fund), and the Fund shall provide a copy of such SAI to any owner of a 
Contract who requests such SAI and to the Company in such quantities as the 
Company may reasonably request.  Expenses with respect to the foregoing shall 
be borne as provided under Article V.

3.3  The Fund shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy material, 
reports to shareholders, and other communications to shareholders for the 
Designated Portfolios in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require 
for distributing to Contract owners.  Expenses with respect to the foregoing 
shall be borne as provided under Article V.

3.4  The Company shall:

     (i)    solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

     (ii)   vote the shares of each Designated Portfolio in accordance with 
            instructions received from Contract owners; and

     (iii)  vote shares of each Designated Portfolio for which no instructions 
            have been received in the same proportion as shares of such 
            Designated Portfolio for which instructions have been received,

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act 
to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners or to 
the extent otherwise required by law.  The Company reserves the right to vote 
shares of each Designated Portfolio held in any separate account in its own 
right, to the extent permitted by law.

3.5  The Company shall be responsible for assuring that each of its separate 
accounts participating in a Designated Portfolio calculates voting privileges 
as required by the Shared Funding Exemption Order and consistent with any 
reasonable standards that the Fund has adopted or may adopt.

3.6  The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring 
voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for 
annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the 
Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well 
as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, Section 16(b).  Further, 
the Fund will act in accordance with the SEC's interpretation of the 
requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of directors 
or trustees and with whatever rules the SEC may promulgate from time to time 
with respect thereto.  The Fund reserves the right, upon prior written notice 
to the Company, to take all actions, including but not limited to, the 
dissolution, 

                                       7

<PAGE>


termination, merger and sale of all assets of the Fund or any Designated 
Portfolio upon the sole authorization of the Board, to the extent permitted 
by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the 1940 Act.

3.7  It is understood and agreed that, except with respect to information 
regarding the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser or Designated Portfolios 
provided in writing by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, none of the 
Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser is responsible for the content of the 
prospectus or statement of additional information for the Contracts.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                        SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

4.1  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund 
or the Underwriter, each piece of sales literature or other promotional 
material ("sales literature") that the Company develops or uses and in which 
the Fund (or a Designated Portfolio thereof) or the Adviser or the 
Underwriter is named, at least fifteen calendar days prior to its use.  No 
such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to 
such use within fifteen calendar days after receipt of such material.  The 
Fund or its designee reserves the right to reasonably object to the continued 
use of such material, and no such material shall be used if the Fund or its 
designee so object.

4.2  The Company shall not give any information or make any representation or 
statement on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the 
sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained 
in the registration statement, prospectus or SAI for the shares of the 
Designated Portfolios, as such registration statement, prospectus or SAI may 
be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy 
statements for the Fund, or in sales literature approved by the Fund or its 
designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the 
Underwriter or the designee of either.

4.3  The Fund or the Underwriter shall furnish, or shall cause to be 
furnished, to the Company, each piece of sales literature that the Fund or 
Underwriter develops or uses in which the Company and/or its Account is 
named, at least fifteen calendar days prior to its use.  No such material 
shall be used if the Company reasonably objects to such use within fifteen 
calendar days after receipt of such material.  The Company reserves the right 
to reasonably object to the continued use of such material and no such 
material shall be used if the Company so objects.

4.4  The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or make any 
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the 
Account, or the Contracts other than the information or representations 
contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or statement of additional 
information for the Contracts, as such registration statement, prospectus or 
statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time 
to time, or in published reports for the Accounts which are the public domain 
or approved by the Company for 

                                      8

<PAGE>


distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature approved by 
the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

4.5  The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all 
registration statements, prospectuses, SAIs, reports, proxy statements, sales 
literature, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and 
all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Designated Portfolios, 
contemporaneously with the filing of such document(s) with the SEC or other 
regulatory authorities.

4.6  The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all 
registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, 
shareholder reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature, 
applications for exemptions, request for no-action letters, and all 
amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or the Accounts, 
contemporaneously with the filing of such document(s) with the SEC or other 
regulatory authorities.

4.7  For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase "sales literature" includes, 
but is not limited to, any of the following:  advertisements (such as 
material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other 
periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape 
display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales 
literature (I.E., any written communication distributed or made generally 
available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, 
reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of 
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article) and 
educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made 
generally available to some or all agents or employees.

4.8  At the request of any party to this Agreement, any other party will make 
available to the requesting party's independent auditors all records, data 
and access to operating procedures that may reasonably be requested in 
connection with compliance and regulatory requirements related to this 
Agreement or any party's obligations under this Agreement.

4.9  Without the written consent of the Fund and the Underwriter, the Company 
shall not, and shall not permit any affiliate of the Company to, directly or 
indirectly solicit, encourage or induce:  (i) Contract owner transactions 
that will result in the redemption of shares of a Designated Portfolio; (ii) 
Contract owners to change the investment manager or sub-adviser of a 
Designated Portfolio; or (iii) Contract owners to change, modify, substitute, 
add or delete any investment option.

                                       9

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V
                               FEES AND EXPENSES

5.1  All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement 
shall be paid by the Fund, except and as further provided in Schedule B.  The 
Fund shall see to it that all shares of the Designated Portfolios are 
registered, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with 
applicable federal securities laws and, if and to the extent deemed advisable 
by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state securities laws prior to 
their sale.

5.2  The parties hereto shall bear the expenses of typesetting, printing and 
distributing the Fund's prospectus, SAI, proxy materials and reports as 
provided in Schedule B.

5.3  Administrative services to variable Contract owners shall be the 
responsibility of the Company and shall not be the responsibility of the 
Fund, Underwriter or Adviser.  The Fund recognizes the Company as the sole 
shareholder of shares of the Designated Portfolios issued under the Agreement.

5.4  The Fund shall not pay and neither the Adviser nor the Underwriter shall 
pay any fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, 
although the parties will bear certain expenses in accordance with Schedule B 
and other provisions of this Agreement.

                                ARTICLE VI
                    DIVERSIFICATION AND QUALIFICATION

6.1  The Fund will invest the assets of each Designated Portfolio in such a 
manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as annuity or life 
insurance contracts, whichever is appropriate, under the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended ("Code") and the regulations issued thereunder (or 
any successor provisions).  Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the 
Fund will, with respect to each Designated Portfolio, comply with Section 
817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.817-5, and any Treasury 
interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification requirements for 
variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, and any amendments 
or other modifications or successor provisions to such Section or 
Regulations.  In the event of a breach of this Article VI, the Fund will take 
all reasonable steps (a) to notify the Company of such breach and (b) to 
adequately diversify the affected Designated Portfolio so as to achieve 
compliance within the grace period afforded by Treasury Regulation Section 
1.817-5.

6.2  The Fund represents that each Designated Portfolio is currently 
qualified (and for new Designated Portfolios, intends to qualify) as a 
Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code, and that it will 
make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any 
successor or similar provisions) and that it will notify the Company 
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Designated 
Portfolio has ceased to so qualify or that a Designated Portfolio might not 
so qualify in the future.

                                      10

<PAGE>

6.3  The Company represents that the Contracts are currently, and at the time 
of issuance shall be, treated as life insurance or annuity insurance 
contracts, under applicable provisions of the Code, and that it will make 
every effort to maintain such treatment, and that it will notify the Fund, 
the Adviser and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable basis 
for believing the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might 
not be so treated in the future.  The Company agrees that any prospectus 
offering a contract that is a "modified endowment contract" as that term is 
defined in Section 7702A of the Code (or any successor or similar provision), 
shall identify such contract as a modified endowment contract.

                                 ARTICLE VII
                             POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

7.1  The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material 
irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all 
separate accounts investing in the Fund.  An irreconcilable material conflict 
may arise for a variety of reasons, including:  (a) an action by any state 
insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state 
insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, 
private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar 
action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an 
administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the 
manner in which the investments of any Designated Portfolio are being 
managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity 
contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by a 
Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of 
contract owners.  The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it 
determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the 
implications thereof.

7.2  The Company and the Adviser will report any potential or existing 
conflicts of which each is aware to the Board.  The Company will assist the 
Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemption 
Order, by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for 
the Board to consider any issues raised.  This includes, but is not limited 
to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Contract owner 
voting instructions are disregarded.  At least annually, and more frequently 
if deemed appropriate by the Board, the Company shall submit to the Adviser, 
and the Adviser shall at least annually submit to the Board, such reports, 
materials and data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may 
fully carry out the obligations imposed upon it by the conditions contained 
in the Shared Funding Exemption Order; and said reports, materials and data 
shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board.  The 
responsibility to report such information and conflicts to the Board will be 
carried out with a view only to the interests of the contract owners.

7.3  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its 
disinterested members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the 
Company and any other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their 
expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority 
of the disinterested Board members), take whatever steps are necessary to 
remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and 
including:  (a), withdrawing the assets 

                                      11

<PAGE>

allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any 
Designated Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment 
medium, which may include another Designated Portfolio of the Fund, or 
submitting to a vote of all affected contract owners the question whether 
such segregation should be implemented and, as appropriate, segregating the 
assets of any appropriate group (I.E. annuity contract owners, life insurance 
contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating 
Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to 
the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (b), 
establishing a new registered management investment company or managed 
separate account.

7.4  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by 
the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision 
represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company 
may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected Account's 
investment in any Designated Portfolio and terminate this Agreement with 
respect to such Account provided, however, that such withdrawal and 
termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material 
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested 
members of the Board.  The Company will bear the cost of any remedial action, 
including such withdrawal and termination.  No penalty will be imposed by the 
Fund upon the affected Account for withdrawing assets from the Fund in the 
event of a material irreconcilable conflict.  Any such withdrawal and 
termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives 
written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the 
effective date of such termination the Fund shall continue to accept and 
implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares 
of such Designated Portfolio.

7.5  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state 
insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the 
majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the 
affected Account's investment in the affected Designated Portfolio and 
terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after 
the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such 
decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, 
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required 
by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority 
of the disinterested members of the Board.  Until the effective date of such 
termination the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the 
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of such Designated 
Portfolios.

7.6  For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a majority 
of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any 
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict; but 
in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for 
the Contracts.  The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish 
a new funding medium for the Contract if an offer to do so has been declined 
by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the 
irreconcilable material conflict.  In the event that the Board determines 
that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable 
material conflict, then the Company will withdraw an Account's investment in 
any Designated Portfolio and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months 
after the Board informs 

                                      12

<PAGE>

the Company in writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however, 
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required 
by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of 
the disinterested members of the Board.

7.7  If and to the extent the Shared Funding Exemption Order contains terms 
and conditions different from Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 
7.5 of this Agreement, then the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance 
Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to 
comply with the Shared Funding Exemption Order, and Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 
7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of the Agreement shall continue in effect only to 
the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections 
are contained in the Shared Funding Exemption Order or any amendment thereto. 
 If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 
6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 
Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared 
funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemption Order) on terms and 
conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding 
Exemption Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance 
Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to 
comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to 
the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 
7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the 
extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are 
contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

                                ARTICLE VIII
                               INDEMNIFICATION

8.1  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.

     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the 
Adviser, the Underwriter and each of their officers, trustees and directors 
and each person, if any, who controls the Fund, the Adviser or the 
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, 
the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and 
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in 
settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including 
legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become 
subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar 
as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in 
respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the 
shares of the Designated Portfolios or the Contracts and;

          (i)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or 
     alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the 
     Registration Statement, prospectus, or statement of additional 
     information for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales 
     literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of 
     the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the 
     alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated 
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein 

                                      13

<PAGE>

     not misleading; PROVIDED that this agreement to indemnify shall not 
     apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such 
     alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in 
     conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on 
     behalf of the Fund for use in the Registration Statement, prospectus or 
     statement of additional information for the Contracts or in the 
     Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (for any amendment or 
     supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the 
     Contracts or shares of the Designated Portfolios; or

          (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations 
     (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration 
     Statement, prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund not supplied 
     by the Company or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the 
     Company or persons under its authorization or control, with respect to 
     the sale or distribution of the Contracts or shares of the Designated 
     Portfolios; or

          (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
     statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, 
     prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof 
     or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state 
     therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to 
     make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or 
     omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Fund by 
     or on behalf of the Company; or 

          (iv)  arise as a result of any material failure by the Company to 
     provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this 
     Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith 
     or otherwise, to comply with the qualification requirements specified in 
     Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (v)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or 
     alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in any 
     Registration Statement, prospectus, statement of additional information 
     or sales literature for any Unaffiliated Fund, or arise out of or are 
     based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
     therein not misleading, or otherwise pertain to or arise in connection 
     with the availability of any Unaffiliated Fund as an underlying funding 
     vehicle in respect of the Contracts; or

          (vi)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
     representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or 
     arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement 
     by the Company;

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 
8.1(c).

     (b)  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or 
litigation to which an Indemnified Party would 

                                      14

<PAGE>

otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's willful 
misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such 
Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless 
disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement.

     (c)  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless 
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a 
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving 
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such 
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice 
of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company 
of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it 
may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought 
otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision, except to the 
extent that the Company has been prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  
In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, the Company 
shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such 
action.  The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, 
with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action and to settle the 
claim at its own expense provided, however, that no such settlement shall, 
without the Indemnified Parties' written consent, include any factual 
stipulation referring to the Indemnified Parties or their conduct.  After 
notice from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the 
defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of 
any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to 
such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently 
incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof 
other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     (d)  The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the 
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with 
the issuance or sale of the shares of the Designated Portfolios or the 
Contracts or the operation of the Fund.

8.2  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

     (a)  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company 
and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls 
the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, 
the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and 
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in 
settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation 
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may 
become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, 
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions 
in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of 
shares of the Designated Portfolios or the Contracts; and

          (i)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged 
     untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration 
     Statement, prospectus or SAI of the Fund or sales literature of the Fund 
     developed by the Underwriter (or any 

                                      15

<PAGE>

     amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are 
     based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a 
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
     statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to 
     indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement 
     or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance 
     upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or 
     Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the Registration 
     Statement or prospectus for the Fund or its sales literature (or any 
     amendment or supplement thereto) or otherwise for use in connection with 
     the sale of the Contracts or shares of the Designated Portfolios; or

          (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations 
     (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration 
     Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied 
     by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of 
     the Fund or Underwriter or person under their control with respect to 
     the sale or distribution of the Contracts or shares of the Designated 
     Portfolios; or

          (iii)  arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement 
     of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, prospectus or 
     sales literature for the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or 
     supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein 
     a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
     statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or 
     omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company 
     by or on behalf of the Fund; or

          (iv)  arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the 
     services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement 
     (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or 
     otherwise, to comply with the diversification and other qualification 
     requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (v)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
     representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement 
     or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this 
     Agreement by the Underwriter;

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 
8.2(c) hereof.

     (b)  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or 
litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross 
negligence in the performance or such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason 
of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties 
under this Agreement or to the Company or the Accounts, whichever is 
applicable.

     (c)  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification 
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless 
such Indemnified Party shall have 

                                      16

<PAGE>

notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the 
summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the 
claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such 
Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any 
designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim 
shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the 
Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on 
account of this indemnification provision, except to the extent that the 
Underwriter has been prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any 
such action is brought against the Indemnified Party, the Underwriter will be 
entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The 
Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with 
counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action and to settle the claim 
at is own expense; provided, however, that no such settlement shall, without 
the Indemnified Parties' written consent, include any factual stipulation 
referring to the Indemnified Parties or their conduct.  After notice from the 
Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense 
thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any 
additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to 
such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently 
incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof 
other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     (d)  The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the 
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its 
officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the 
Contracts or the operation of the Account.

8.3  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

     (a)  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each 
of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the 
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the 
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all 
losses, claims, expenses, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in 
settlement with the written consent of the Fund); or litigation (including 
legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may be required to 
pay or may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages, liabilities or 
expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements, are related to the 
operations of the Fund and:

          (i)  arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the 
     services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement 
     (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or 
     otherwise, to comply with the diversification and qualification 
     requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (ii)  arise out of or result from any material breach of any 
     representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or 
     arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement 
     by the Fund; 

                                      17

<PAGE>


as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 
8.3(c) hereof.

     (b)  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision 
with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to 
which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such 
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in 
the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such 
Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this 
Agreement or to the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser or the 
Accounts, whichever is applicable.

     (c)  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision 
with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such 
Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a reasonable 
time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the 
nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or 
after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on 
any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any such claim shall 
not relieve the Fund from any liability that it may have to the Indemnified 
Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this 
indemnification provision, except to the extent that the Fund has been 
prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any such action is 
brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be entitled to 
participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The Fund also shall 
be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the 
party named in the action and to settle the claim at its own expense; 
provided, however, that no such settlement shall, without the Indemnified 
Parties' written consent, include any factual stipulation referring to the 
Indemnified Parties or their conduct.  After notice from the Fund to such 
party of the Fund's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified 
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by 
it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for 
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently 
in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of 
investigation.

     (d)  The Company, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree to notify the 
Fund promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it 
or any of its respective officers or directors in connection with the 
Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, the operation of any 
Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Designated Portfolios.

                                  ARTICLE IX
                                APPLICABLE LAW

9.1  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted 
under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

9.2  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 
1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including 
such exemptions from the statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant 
(including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding 

                                      18

<PAGE>

Exemption Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in 
accordance therewith.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                  TERMINATION

10.1 This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first 
to occur of:

     (a)  termination by any party, for any reason with respect to any 
Designated Portfolio, by twelve (12) months' advance written notice delivered 
to the other parties; provided, however, that such notice shall not be given 
earlier than six (6) years following the date of this Agreement; or

     (b)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the 
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio based 
upon the Company's reasonable and good faith determination that shares of 
such Designated Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the 
requirements of the Contracts; or

     (c)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the 
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio if the 
shares of such Designated Portfolio are not registered, issued or sold in 
accordance with applicable state and/or federal securities laws or such law 
precludes the use of such shares to fund the Contracts issued or to be issued 
by the Company; or

     (d)  termination by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter in the event 
that formal administrative proceedings are instituted against the Company or 
any affiliate by the NASD, the SEC, or the Insurance Commissioner or like 
official of any state or any other regulatory body regarding the Company's 
duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Contracts, the 
operation of any Account, or the purchase of the shares of a Designated 
Portfolio or the shares of any Unaffiliated Fund, provided, however, that the 
Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter determines in its sole judgement exercised 
in good faith, that any such administrative proceedings will have a material 
adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to perform its obligations 
under this Agreement; or

     (e)  termination by the Company in the event that formal administrative 
proceedings are instituted against the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter by 
the NASD, the SEC, or any state securities or insurance department or any 
other regulatory body, provided, however, that the Company determines in its 
sole judgment exercised in good faith, that any such administrative 
proceedings will have a material adverse effect upon the ability of the Fund 
or Underwriter to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

     (f)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the 
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio in the 
event that such Designated Portfolio 

                                      19

<PAGE>

ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M or 
fails to comply with the Section 817(h) diversification requirements 
specified in Article VI hereof, or if the Company reasonably believes that 
such Designated Portfolio may fail to so qualify or comply; or

     (g)  termination by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter by written 
notice to the Company in the event that the Contracts fail to meet the 
qualifications specified in Article VI hereof; or

     (h)  termination by any of the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter by 
written notice to the Company, if any of the Fund, the Adviser or the 
Underwriter, respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgement exercised 
in good faith, that the Company has suffered a material adverse change in its 
business, operations, financial condition, insurance company rating or 
prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material 
adverse publicity; or

     (i)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the 
Adviser and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole 
judgment exercised in good faith, that the Fund, the Adviser or the 
Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in its business, 
operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement 
or is the subject of material adverse publicity and that material adverse 
change or publicity will have a material adverse effect on the Fund's or the 
Underwriter's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

     (j)  at the option of Company, as one party, or the Fund, the Adviser 
and the Underwriter, as one party, upon the other party's material breach of 
any provision of this Agreement upon 30 days' notice and opportunity to cure.

10.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding any termination of this 
Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter may, at their sole option, continue 
to make available additional shares of a Designated Portfolio pursuant to the 
terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the 
effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as 
"Existing Contracts").  Specifically, the owners of the Existing Contracts 
may in such event be permitted to reallocate investments in the Designated 
Portfolios, redeem investments in the Designated Portfolios and/or invest in 
the Designated Portfolios upon the making of additional purchase payments 
under the Existing Contracts.  The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall 
not apply to any termination under Article VII and the effect of such Article 
VII termination shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.  The 
parties further agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any 
termination under Section 10.1(g) of this Agreement.

10.3  Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, the Company shall not 
redeem shares of a Designated Portfolio attributable to the Contracts (as 
opposed to shares of a Designated Portfolio attributable to the Company's 
assets held in an Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract 
owner initiated or approved transactions provided the Company shall not, and 
shall not permit any affiliate of the Company to, directly or indirectly 
solicit, encourage or induce any such 

                                      20

<PAGE>


Contract owner initiated or approved transaction so long as the Fund and the 
Underwriter continue to make additional shares of the Designated Portfolio 
available pursuant to Section 10.2 above, or (ii) as required by state and/or 
federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general 
application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption").  
Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund, the Adviser and 
the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall 
be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter) to 
the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally 
Required Redemption.  Furthermore, the Company shall not prevent Contract 
owners from allocating payments to a Designated Portfolio that was otherwise 
available under the Contracts.

10.4  Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, each party's 
obligation under Article VIII to indemnify the other parties shall survive.

                                  ARTICLE XI
                                   NOTICES

     Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or 
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth 
below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in 
writing to the other party.

          If to the Fund:

Kemper Investors Fund
222 South Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois  60606
Attention:  Secretary

      If to the Company:

            Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
            440 Lincoln Street
            Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
            Attention:  Secretary

      If to the Adviser:

            Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.
            222 South Riverside Plaza
            Chicago, Illinois  60606
            Attention:  Secretary

                                      21

<PAGE>


      If to the Underwriter:

            Kemper Distributors, Inc.
            222 South Riverside Plaza
            Chicago, Illinois  60606
            Attention:  Secretary


                                  ARTICLE XII
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

12.1  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of 
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof 
or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

12.2  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more 
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

12.3  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a 
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement 
shall not be affected thereby.

12.4  Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all 
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, 
the NASD, and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities 
reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any 
investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions 
contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each 
party hereto further agrees to furnish the Delaware Insurance Commissioner 
with any information or reports in connection with services provided under 
this Agreement that such Commissioner may request in order to ascertain 
whether the variable annuity operations of the Company are being conducted in 
a manner consistent with the Delaware variable annuity laws and regulations 
and any other applicable law or regulations.

12.5  The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are 
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies, and 
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to 
under state and federal laws.

12.6  This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not 
be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties 
hereto.

12.7  All persons are expressly put on notice of the Fund's Agreement and 
Declaration of Trust and all amendments thereto, all of which on file with 
the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the limitation of 
shareholder and trustee liability contained therein.  This Agreement has been 
executed by and on behalf of the Fund by its representatives as such 
representatives and not individually, and the obligations of the Fund with 
respect to a Designated Portfolio hereunder are not binding upon any of the 
trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund 

                                      22

<PAGE>

individually, but are binding upon only the assets and property of such 
Designated Portfolio.  All parties dealing with the Fund with respect to a 
Designated Portfolio shall look solely to the assets of such Designated 
Portfolio for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be 
executed in its name and on behalf by its duly authorized representative and 
its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified below.

      COMPANY:        Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company

                      By:    /s/ Richard M. Reilly
                             _______________________________________

                      Title: President
                             _______________________________________

                      Date:  November 6, 1996
                             _______________________________________

     FUND:            Kemper Investors Fund

                      By:    /s/ John E. Neal
                             _______________________________________

                      Title: Vice President
                             _______________________________________

                      Date:  November 5, 1996
                             _______________________________________


     ADVISER          Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.

                      By:    /s/ John E. Neal
                             _______________________________________

                      Title: President
                             _______________________________________

                      Date:  November 5, 1996
                             _______________________________________


      UNDERWRITER     Kemper Distributors, Inc.

                      By:    /s/ James L. Greenawalt
                             _______________________________________

                      Title: President 
                             _______________________________________

                      Date:  November 5, 1996
                             _______________________________________

                                      23

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A


NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND DATE
ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Separate Account KG (6/13/96)
Separate Account KGC (6/13/96)


CONTRACTS FUNDED 
BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Kemper Gateway Elite
Kemper Gateway Custom


DESIGNATED PORTFOLIOS*

Money Market Portfolio
Total Return Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio
Growth Portfolio
Government Securities Portfolio
International Portfolio
Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Value Portfolio
Small Cap Value Portfolio
Value+Growth Portfolio
Horizon 20+ Portfolio
Horizon 10+ Portfolio
Horizon 5 Portfolio




________

     * Additional Designated Portfolios may be added at the request of the 
Fund, Adviser and Underwriter and with the consent of the Company, which 
consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

                                     A-1

<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE B
                                   EXPENSES



1.   In the event the prospectus, SAI, annual report or other communication 
     of the Fund is combined with a document of another party, the Fund will 
     pay the costs based upon the relative number of pages attributable to 
     the Fund.  

2.   Expenses allocated to the Company on this Schedule may be subject to 
     further allocation between the Company and Kemper Distributors, Inc. 
     ("KDI") pursuant to a Wholesaling Agreement between the Company and KDI 
     related to the Contracts.

                                                                  RESPONSIBLE
        ITEM                     FUNCTION                            PARTY
================================================================================
PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Update                   Typesetting                                Fund (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    New Sales:           Printing                                KDI/Company (2)
                         Distribution                            KDI/Company (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Existing             Printing                                   Fund (1)
    Owners:              Distribution                               Fund (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF               Same as Prospectus                        Same
ADDITIONAL 
INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROXY MATERIALS OF THE   Typesetting                                  Fund
FUND                     Printing                                     Fund
                         Distribution                                 Fund
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL REPORTS & 
OTHER COMMUNICATIONS
WITH SHAREHOLDERS
OF THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All                      Typesetting                                Fund (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marketing:               Printing                                KDI/Company (2)
                         Distribution                            KDI/Company (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Existing Owners:         Printing                                   Fund (1)
                         Distribution                               Fund (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     B-1

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATIONS OF FUND       All operations and related expenses,    Fund
                         including the cost of registration 
                         and qualification of the Fund's 
                         shares, preparation and filing of the 
                         Fund's prospectus and registration 
                         statement, proxy materials and 
                         reports, the preparation of all 
                         statements and notices required by 
                         any federal or state law and all 
                         taxes on the issuance of the Fund's 
                         shares, and all costs of management 
                         of the business affairs of the Fund.
================================================================================

                                     B-2



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission